Перевод: с греческого на английский

с английского на греческий

С английского на:
Греческий
С греческого на:
Все языки
Английский
Немецкий
Русский

εἰς τὸ πρᾶγμα εἶναι

Толкование Перевод

1 εἰς

εἰς or [full] ἐς, PREP. WITH ACC. ONLY:—both forms are found in Hom., [dialect] Ion. poets, and early metrical Inscrr.; ἐς is best attested in Hdt. and Hp., and is found in nearly all early [dialect] Ion. Inscrr. (exc. IG12(8).262.16 (Thasos, v B. C.), ib.7.235.1 (Oropus, iv B. C.)); εἰς in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. from iv B. C., IG2.115, etc.; and usu. in [dialect] Att. Prose (exc. Th.) and Com. (exc. in parody): Trag. apptly. prefer εἰς, but ἐς is used before vowels metri gr.; ἐς was retained in the phrases ἐς κόρακας (whence the Verb σκορακίζω) , ἐς μακαρίαν. [dialect] Aeol. poets have εἰς before vowels, ἐς before consonants, and this is given as the rule in Hom. by An.Ox. 1.172, cf. Hellad. ap. Phot.Bibl.p.533B. (Orig. ἐνς, as in IG4.554.7 ([place name] Argos), GDI4986.11 ([place name] Crete); cf. ἐν, ἰν. The diphthong is genuine in [dialect] Aeol. εἰς, but spurious in [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion.) Radical sense

A into, and then more loosely, to:

I OF PLACE, the oldest and commonest usage, εἰς ἅλα into or to the sea, Il.1.141, al.; εἰς ἅλαδε Od.10.351
; ἔς ῥ' ἀσαμίνθους 4.48
; ἐς οἶνον βάλε φάρμακον ib. 220; freq. of places, to, εἰς Εὔβοιαν 3.174
; ἐς Αἴγυπτον, etc., Hdt.1.5, etc.; ἐς Μίλητον into the territory of Miletus, ib.14; εἰς Ἑλλήσποντον εἰσέπλει X.HG1.1.2
; ἀφίκετο εἰς Μήδους πρὸς Κυαξάρην Id.Cyr.2.1.2
; εἰς ἅρματα βαίνειν to step into.., Il.8.115; εἰς ἐλάτην ἀναβῆναι 14.287
; opp. ἐκ, in such phrases as ἐς σφυρὸν ἐκ πτέρνης, ἐς πόδας ἐκ κεφαλῆς, from heel to ankle-joint, from head to foot, 22.397, 23.169; ἐκ πάτου ἐς σκοπιήν 20.137
; ἐς μυχὸν ἐξ οὐδοῦ Od.7.87
; κἠς ἔτος ἐξ ἔτεος from year to year, Theoc. 18.15: with Verbs implying motion or direction, as of looking, ἰδεῖν εἰς οὐρανόν Il.3.364
; εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι to look in the face, 9.373, etc.; εἰς ὦπα ἔοικεν he is like in face (sc. ἰδόντι), 3.158, etc.; ἐς ὀφθαλμούς τινος ἐλθεῖν to come before another's eyes, 24.204; ἐς ὄψιν ἀπικνέεσθαί τινος Hdt.1.136
; καλέσαι τινὰ ἐς ὄψιν Id.5.106
, etc.; ἐς ταὐτὸν ἥκειν come to the same point, E.Hipp. 273: less freq. after a Subst., ὁδὸς ἐς λαύρην Od.22.128
; τὸ ἐς Παλλήνην τεῖχος facing Pallene, Th.1.56; ξύνοδος ἐς τὴν Δῆλον Id.3.104
, cf.Pl.Tht. 173d.

b [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion., also c. acc. pers. ([dialect] Att. ὡς, πρός, παρά), Il.7.312, 15.402, Od.14.127, Hdt.4.147; also in [dialect] Att. with collective Nouns, ἐς τὸν δῆμον παρελθόντες Th. 5.45
, or plurals, εἰς ὑμᾶς εἰσῆλθον D.18.103
; esp. of consulting an oracle, ἐς θεὸν ἐλθεῖν Pi.O.7.31
; εἰς Ἄμμων' ἐλθόντες Ar.Av. 619
.

2 with Verbs expressing restin a place, when a previous motion into or to it is implied, ἐς μέγαρον κατέθηκεν ἐπὶ θρόνου he put it in the house (i.e. he brought it into the house, and put it there), Od.20.96; ἐς θρόνους ἕζοντο they sat them down upon the seats, 4.51, cf. 1.130; ἐφάνη λὶς εἰς ὁδόν the lion appeared in the path, Il.15.276; ἀπόστολος ἐς τὴν Μίλητον ἦν Hdt.1.21
(s. v.l.); αὐτὸς ἐς Αακεδαίμονα ἀπόστολος ἐγίνετο Id.5.38
; ἐς κώμην παραγίνονται Id.1.185
; παρῆν ἐς Σάρδις Id.6.1
; ἐς δόμους μένειν S.Aj.80
(cod. Laur.); ἐς τὴν νῆσον κατέκλῃσε Th.1.109
, cf. Hdt.3.13; ἀπόβασιν ποιήσασθαι ἐς .. Th.2.33, etc.; later used like ἐν, τὴν γῆν εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς κατοικεῖτε LXX Nu.35.34; τὸ χρυσίον ὃ εἰλήφεσαν εἰς Ῥώμην D.S.14.117
; οἰκεῖν εἰς τὰ Ὕπατα Luc.Asin.1
; εἰς Ἐκβάτανα ἀποθανεῖν Ael.VH7.8
; εἰς ἅπασαν τὴν γῆν Suid.
s.v. Καλλίμαχος: generally, τοὔνομα εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, φασίν, Ἱππομιγὴς δύναται Ael.VH9.16
.

3 with Verbs of saying or speaking, εἰς relates to the persons to or before whom one speaks, εἰπεῖν ἐς πάντας, ἐς πάντας αὔδα, Hdt.8.26, S.OT93; λέγειν εἰς τὸ μέσον τῶν ταξιάρχων X.Cyr. 3.3.7
; αἱ ἐς τὸ φανερὸν λεγόμεναι αἰτίαι Th.1.23
: with other Verbs, εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας σαυτὸν σοφιστὴν παρέχων Pl.Prt. 312a
; καλὸν ἐς τοὺς Ἕλληνας τὸ ἀγώνισμα φανεῖσθαι Th.7.56
; ἐπαχθὴς ἦν ἐς τοὺς πολλούς Id.6.54; στρατιὰν ἐπαγγέλλων ἐς τοὺς ξυμμάχους Id.7.17
; διαβεβλῆσθαι εἴς τινα Pl.R. 539c
.

4 elliptical usages,

a after Verbs which have no sense of motion to or into a place, τὴν πόλιν ἐξέλιπον εἰς χωρίον ὀχυρόν they quitted the city for a strong position, i.e. to seek a strong position, X.An.1.2.24; γράμματα ἑάλωσαν εἰς Ἀθήνας letters were captured [and sent] to Athens, Id.HG1.1.23, cf. Pl.R. 468a; ἀνίστασθαι ἐς Ἄργος E.Heracl.59
, cf. Pl.Phd. 116a.

b participles signifying motion are freq. omitted with εἰς, τοῖς στρατηγοῖς τοῖς εἰς Σικελίαν (sc. ἀποδειχθεῖσιν) And.1.11, etc.

c c. gen., mostly of proper names, as εἰς Ἀΐδαο, [dialect] Att. εἰς Ἅιδου [δόμους], Il.21.48; ἐς Ἀθηναίης [ἱερόν] to the temple of Athena, 6.379; ἐς Πριάμοιο [οἶκον] 24.160, cf. 309; εἰς Αἰγύπτοιο [ῥόον] Od.4.581; ἐς τοῦ Κλεομένεος Hdt.5.51
; εἰς Ἀσκληπιοῦ Ar.Pl. 411
; ἐπὶ δεῖπνον [ἰέναι] εἰς Ἀγάθωνος Pl.Smp. 174a
: with Appellatives, ἀνδρὸς ἐς ἀφνειοῦ to a rich man's house, Il.24.482; ἐς πατρός Od.2.195
; πέμπειν εἰς διδασκάλων send to school, X.Lac.2.1; εἰς δ. φοιτᾶν Pl.Prt. 326c
; ἐς σεωυτοῦ, ἑωυτοῦ, Hdt.1.108, 9.108, etc.

II OF TIME,

1 to denote a certain point or limit of time, up to, until, ἐς ἠῶ Od.11.375
; ἐς ἠέλιον καταδύντα till sunset, 9.161 (but also, towards or near sunset, 3.138); ἐκ νεότητος ἐς γῆρας Il.14.86
; ἐκ παιδὸς ἐς γῆρας Aeschin.1.180
; ἐς ἐμέ up to my time, Hdt.1.92, al.: with Advbs., εἰς ὅτε (cf. ἔς τε) against the time when.., Od.2.99; εἰς πότε; until when ? how long ? S.Aj. 1185 (lyr., cf. εἰσόκἐ; εἰς ὁπότε Aeschin.3.99
; ἐς τί; = εἰς πότε; Il.5.465; ἐς ὅ until, Hdt.1.93, etc.; ἐς οὗ Id.1.67
, 3.31, etc.; ἐς τόδε Id.7.29
, etc.

2 to determine a period, εἰς ἐνιαυτόν for a year, i.e. a whole year, Il.19.32, Od.4.526; within the year, ib.86 (cf. ἐς ἐνίαυτον Alc.Supp.8.12
); εἰς ὥρας Od.9.135
; ἐς θέρος ἢ ἐς ὀπώρην for the summer, i.e. throughout it, 14.384; ἡ εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν κειμένη δαπάνη εἰς τὸν μῆνα δαπανᾶται the expenditure for a year is expended in the month, X.Oec.7.36; μισθοδοτεῖν τινὰς εἰς ἓξ μῆνας D.S.19.15
; χοίνικα κριθῶν εἰς τέσσαρας ἡμέρας διεμέτρει Posidon. 36J.
; εἰς ἑσπέραν ἥκειν to come at even, Ar.Pl. 998; εἰς τρίτην ἡμέραν or εἰς τρίτην alone, on the third day, in two days, Pl.Hp.Ma. 286b, X.Cyr.5.3.27; ἥκειν ἐς τὴν ὑστεραίαν Id.An.2.3.25
; ἥκειν εἰς τὸ ἔαρ Hell.Oxy.17.4
; ἐς τέλος at last, Hdt.3.40; ἐς καιρόν in season, Id.4.139; οὐκ ἐς ἀναβολάς, ἀμβολάς, with no delay, Id.8.21, E.Heracl. 270, etc.; ἐς τότε at this time, v.l. in Od.7.317 (but εἰς τότε at that time (in the [tense] fut.), D.14.24, Pl.Lg. 830b); ἐς ὕστερον or τὸ ὕστερον, Od.12.126, Th.2.20: with Advbs., ἐς αὔριον Il.8.538
, Pl. Lg. 858b; ἔς περ ὀπίσσω Od.20.199
; ἐς αὖθις Th.4.63
(v. εἰσαῦθις (; ἐς αὐτίκα μάλ' Ar. Pax 367; εἰς ἔπειτα (v. εἰσέπειτα (; ἐς τὸ ἔ., Th.2.64; ἐς ὀψέ Id.8.23
; εἰς ἅπαξ, v. εἰσάπαξ; εἰς ἔτι, v. εἰσέτι.

III to express MEASURE OR LIMIT, without reference to Time, ἐς δίσκουρα λέλειπτο was left behind as far as a quoit's throw, Il.23.523; ἐς δραχμὴν διέδωκε paid them as much as a drachma, Th.8.29; ἱματισμὸν ζητῆσαι εἰς δύο τάλαντα Thphr.Char.23.8
; so ἐς τὰ μάλιστα to the greatest degree, Hdt.1.20, etc.; ἐς τοσοῦτο τύχης ἀπίκευ Id.1.124
; εἰς τοσοῦτο ἥκειν Lys.27.10
; εἰς τοῦτο θράσους καὶ ἀναιδείας ἀφίκετο D.21.194
; ἐς ὅ ἐμέμνηντο so far as they remembered, Th.5.66; ἐς τὸ ἔσχατον Hdt.7.229
, etc.; εἰς ἅλις Theoc.25.17
.

2 freq. with Numerals, ἐς τριακάδας δέκα ναῶν A.Pers. 339
; ναῦς ἐς τὰς τετρακοσίας, διακοσίας, to the number of 400, etc., Th.1.74, 100, etc.; εἰς ἕνα, εἰς δύο, εἰς τέσσαρας, one, two, four deep, X.Cyr.2.3.21; but εἰς τέσσαρας four abreast, Aen.Tact.40.6: with Advbs., ἐς τρίς or ἐστρίς thrice, Pi.O.2.68, Hdt.1.86; of round numbers, about, X.An.1.1.10.

3 distributive, εἰς φυλάς by tribes, LXX 1 Ki.10.21, cf. 2 Ki.18.

4

IV to express RELATION, towards, in regard to, ἐξαμαρτεῖν εἰς θεούς A.Pr. 945
, etc.; ἁμάρτημα εἴς τινα, αἰτίαι ἐς ἀλλήλους, Isoc.8.96, Th.1.66; ὄνειδος ὀνειδίζειν εἴς τινα S.Ph. 522
; ἔχθρη ἔστινα Hdt.6.65
; φιλία ἐς ἀμφοτέρους Th.2.9
; λέγειν ἐς .. Hdt.1.86; γνώμη ἀποδεχθεῖσα ἐς τὴν γέφυραν Id.4.98
; ἡ ἐς γῆν καὶ θάλασσαν ἀρχή Th.8.46
.

b of the subject of a work, esp. in titles, e.g. τὰ ἐς Ἀπολλώνιον Philostr. VA
; of the object of a dedication, as in titles of hymns, ἐπινίκια, etc.

2 in regard to, πρῶτος εἰς εὐψυχίαν A.Pers. 326
; σκώπτειν ἐς τὰ ῥάκια Ar. Pax 740
, cf. Eq.90; διαβάλλειν τινὰ ἔς τι Th.8.88
; αἰτία ἐπιφερομένη ἐς μαλακίαν Id.5.75
; μέμφεσθαι εἰς φιλίαν X.An.2.6.30
; εἰς τὰ πολεμικὰ καταφρονεῖσθαι Id.HG7.4.30
; πόλεως εὐδοκιμωτάτης εἰς σοφίαν Pl.Ap. 29d
; in respect of, εὐτυχεῖν ἐς τέκνα E.Or. 542
, cf. Pl.Ap. 35b, etc.; εἰς χρήματα ζημιοῦσθαι Id.Lg. 774b
, cf. D.22.55; ἐς τὰ ἄλλα Th.I.I; εἰς ἄπαντα S.Tr. 489
; ἐς τὰ πάνθ' ὁμῶς A.Pr. 736
; εἰς μὲν ταῦτα Pl.Ly. 210a
; τό γ' εἰς ἑαυτόν, τὸ εἰς ἐμέ, S.OT 706, E. IT 691, cf. S.Ichn.346; ἐς ὀλίγους μᾶλλον τὰς ἀρχὰς ποιεῖν Th.8.53
; ἐς πλείονας οἰκεῖν Id.2.37
; for τελεῖν ἐς Ἕλληνας, Βοιωτούς, ἄνδρας, etc., v. τελέω.

3 of Manner, ἐς τὸν νῦν τρόπον Id.1.6
; τίθεμεν τἆλλα εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον; Pl.R. 353d
; ἐς ἓν μέλος Theoc.18.7
: freq. periphr. for Advbs., ἐς κοινὸν φράζειν, λέγειν, A.Pr. 844, Eu. 408; ἐς τὸ πᾶν, = πάντως, Id.Ag. 682(lyr.); ἐς τάχος, = ταχέως, Ar.Ach. 686; ἐς εὐτέλειαν, = εὐτελῶς, Id.Av. 805; ἐς τἀρχαῖον Id.Nu. 593
; εἰς καλόν S. OT78
, cf. Pl.Phd. 76e; ἐς δέον γεγονέναι Hdt.1.119
, cf. S.OT 1416, and v. δέον.

V ofan end or limit, ἔρχεσθαι, τελευτᾶν, λήγειν ἐς.., to end in.., Hdt.1.120,3.125,4.39, etc.; ἐς ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτεα ου,ρον ἀνθρώπῳ προτίθημι Id.1.32
; καταξαίνειν ἐς φοινικίδα to cut into red rags, Ar.Ach. 320 (troch.); στρέφειν τι εἰς αἷμα Apoc.11.6
; εἰς ἄνδρας ἐκ μειρακίων τελευτᾶν, εἰς ἄνδρα γενειᾶν, Pl.Tht. 173b, Theoc.14.28; ἐκτρέφειν τὸ σπέρμα εἰς καρπόν X.Oec.17.10
: so with εἶναι or γίγνομαι to form a predicate, ἔσται εἰς ἔθνη LXXGe.17.16
; ἐγενήθη εἰς γυναῖκα ib.20.12; πιστὸς (sc.ἦν) εἰς προφήτην ib.IKi.3.20; ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον Ev.Luc.13.19
,al.

2 of Purpose or Object, εἰπεῖν εἰς ἀγαθόν, πείσεται εἰς ἀγαθόν, for good, for his good, Il.9.102,11.789; εἰς ἀγαθὰ μυθεῖσθαι 23.305
; ἐς πόλεμον θωρήξομαι 8.376
, cf. Hdt.7.29, etc.; ἐς φόβον to cause fear, Il.15.310; ἐς ὑποδήματα δεδόσθαι Hdt.2.98
; κόσμος ὁ εἰς ἑορτάς X.Oec.9.6
; ἐπιτηδεότατος, εὐπρεπής, ἔς τι Hdt.1.115
,2.116; εἰς κάλλος ζῆν to live for show, X.Cyr.8.1.33, cf. Ages. 9.1; ἐς δαίτην ἐκάλεσσε Call.Aet.1.1.5
; εἰς κέρδος τι δρᾶν S.Ph.
III; πάσας φωνὰς ἱέντων εἰς ἀπόφυξιν Ar.V. 562
; εἰς γράμματα παιδὶ δεκετεῖ ἐνιαυτοὶ τρεῖς Pl.Lg. 809e
; εἰς τὸ πρᾶγμα εἶναι to be pertinent, to the purpose, D.36.54; freq. of expenditure on an object, IG22.102.11, 116.41, al.; ἐς τὸ δέον Ar.Nu. 859
, etc.; ἐς δᾷδα ib. 612.

B POSITION: εἰς is sts. parted from its acc. by several words, εἰς ἀμφοτέρω Διομήδεος ἅρματα βήτην Il.8.115
; εἰς δὲ μονάρχου δῆμος ἀϊδρίῃ δουλοσύνην ἔπεσεν Sol.9
: seldom (only in Poets) put after its case, Il.15.59, Od.3.137,15.541, S.OC 126(lyr.): after an Adv., αὔριον ἔς· τῆμος δὲ.. Od.7.318
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἰς
2 εἷς

εἷς, μία, ἕν, gen. ἑνός, μιᾶς, ἑνός a numerical term, ‘one’ (Hom.+)

① a single pers. or thing, with focus on quantitative aspect, one

ⓐ in contrast to more than one

α. adj. μίλιον ἕν Mt 5:41; cp. 20:12; 25:15, 24; Ac 21:7; 28:13; 2 Pt 3:8. Opp. πάντες Ro 5:12 (εἷς ἄνθρωπος as Hippocr., Ep. 11, 2 [IX p. 326]; SHanson, Unity of the Church in the NT, ’46, 65–73 [lit.]). Opp. the nation J 11:50; 18:14 (cp. Oenom. in Eus., PE 5, 25, 5 μεῖον εἶναι ἕνα ἀντι πάντων πεσεῖν τὸν βασιλέα=it is a lesser evil when one, instead of all the citizens, falls, namely, the king).

β. noun, Lk 23:16 (17) v.l. w. partitive gen. (Diod S 1, 91, 5 αὐτῶν εἷς; Jos., Vi. 204; Just., A I, 1, 1 al.) Mt 5:19; 6:29; 18:6; Mk 9:42; Lk 12:27; 15:21 v.l.; 17:2, 22; 23:39; J 19:34 or w. ἐκ (Maximus Tyr. 1, 6 ab ἐκ πολλῶν εἷς; Lucian, Somn. 9; Jos., Bell. 7, 47) Mt 18:12; 22:35; 26:21; Mk 14:18; J 1:40; 6:8; Ac 11:28 al. ὁ εἷς τῶν δώδεκα one of the twelve Mk 14:10 is a peculiar expr. (cp. BGU 1145, 25 [18 B.C.] ὁ εἷς αὐτῶν Ταυρῖνος; UPZ 161, 50; 54; PTebt 138; 357, 10).

ⓑ in contrast to the parts, of which a whole is made up (Theophr. in Apollon. Paradox. 16 τὰ πολλὰ ἓν γίγνεσθαι; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ὠκεανός: γίγνεται ἐκ δύο εἰς ἕν; Just., D. 103, 5 ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων … ἓν ὄνομα). ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16 (all three Gen 2:24). οἱ πολλοὶ ἓν σῶμά ἐσμεν we, though many, form one body Ro 12:5; cp. 1 Cor 12:12, 20; Eph 2:15. πάντες εἷς ἐστε you are all one Gal 3:28. ἕν εἰσιν 1 Cor 3:8; cp. J 10:30; 17:11, 21–23 (cp. 1QS 5, 2; Just., D. 42, 3 ἓν ὄντες πρᾶγμα). Also εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8 (Appian, Iber. 66 §280 ἐς ἕν=together, as a unity). εἰς ἕν J 11:52 (cp. 1QS 5, 7). ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν who has united the two divisions Eph 2:14.—MAppold, The Oneness Motif (John) ’76.

ⓒ w. negative foll. εἷς … οὐ (μή), stronger than οὐδείς (Aristoph., Eccl. 153, Thesm. 549; X., An. 5, 6, 12; Demosth. 30, 33 ἡ γυνὴ μίαν ἡμέραν οὐκ ἐχήρευσεν; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 18) ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται not one of them will fall Mt 10:29 (Lucian, Herm. 28 ἓν ἐξ ἁπάντων); cp. 5:18; Mk 8:14; Lk 11:46; 12:6. The neg. rarely comes first Mt 5:36.

② a single entity, with focus on uniformity or quality, one

ⓐ one and the same (Pind., N. 6, 1 ἓν ἀνδρῶν, ἓν θεῶν γένος• ἐκ μιᾶς δὲ πνέομεν ἀμφότεροι; Dio Chrys. 19 [36], 6; Maximus Tyr. 19, 4a; cp. OGI 383, 59 [I B.C., the ruler’s statue is to be made of the type of stone used for statues of the gods]; Gen 11:1; 40:5; Lev 22:28; Wsd 7:6; Ar. 13, 5 μία φύσις τῶν θεῶν) ἐν ἑνὶ οἴκῳ in one and the same house Lk 12:52 (Diod S 14, 43, 1 ἐν ἑνὶ τόπω). Expressing unanimity ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι w. one voice Ro 15:6; τοῦ ἑνὸς ἄρτου one and the same loaf 1 Cor 10:17; εἷς ὁ θεός one and the same God (Amphitheos of Heracleia: 431 Fgm. 1b Jac. Διόνυσος κ. Σαβάζιος εἷς ἐστι θεός; difft. Ath. 10, 2 ἑνὸς ὄντος τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ) Ro 3:30; cp. 9:10; 1 Cor 6:16f; 12:9, 13. εἷς κύριος, μία πίστις, ἓν βάπτισμα• εἷς θεός κτλ. (cp. the three genders of εἷς consecutively in Simonides 97 Diehl² ἓν πέλαγος, μία ναῦς, εἷς τάφος [of shipwrecked pers.]; Just., D. 63, 5 μιᾷ ψυχῇ … συναγωγῇ … ἐκκλησίᾳ) Eph 4:5f (NJklA 35, 1915, 224ff. The repetition of εἷς is like Herm. Wr. 11, 11; Epict. 3, 24, 10ff).—Rv 9:13; 18:8; Ac 17:26. ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ Phil 1:27; cp. Ac 4:32 (cp. Aristot., EN 9, 8, 2; Plut., Mor. 478c). τὸ ἓν φρονεῖν be of one mind Phil 2:2. συνάγειν εἰς ἕν unite, bring together (Pla., Phileb. 23e; Dionys. Hal. 2, 45, 3 συνάξειν εἰς ἓν τὰ ἔθνη; POxy 1411, 3 τῶν δημοσίων εἰς ἓν συναχθέντων; TestJob 28:5 τὰ χρήματα ἐὰν συναχθῇ εἰς ἓν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό ‘if all [our] valuables were brought together at one place’; Jos., Bell. 3, 518) J 11:52. τὸ ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτό one and the same 1 Cor 12:11 (cp. Diod S 11, 47, 3; 17, 104, 6; Epict. 1, 11, 28; 1, 19, 15; Just., D. 123, 1 ἑνὸς καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ … νόμου); cp. ἓν καὶ αὐτό τινι 11:5.—εἰς ἕνα τόπον in a place by itself (Jos., Ant. 6, 125) J 20:7.

ⓑ (a) single, only one (Diod S 16, 11, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 44 §180 εἷς ἀνήρ; Maximus Tyr. 11, 6c μαντεῖον ἕν al.; Just., D. 141, 3 τῆν μίαν τοῦ Δαυεὶδ … παράπτωσιν) λόγον ἕνα Mt 21:24 (GrBar 5:1); Gal 5:14. ἕνα ἄρτον Mk 8:14. εἷς ἄρτος 1 Cor 10:17a (εἷς ἄ. is also the symbol of the unity of the Pythagorean fellowship: Diog. L. 8, 35; here Diog. L. adds that οἱ βάρβαροι hold the same view ἔτι καὶ νῦν). πῆχυν ἕνα Mt 6:27 (s. πῆχυς); ἓν μέλος 1 Cor 12:26; ἓν ἔργον J 7:21 (here, following ἕν, καί adds an indication of the greatness of the accomplishment, as Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 133 §555 ἓν ἐκ τῶν Καίσαρος ἔργων προὔθηκα …, καί). εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός Mt 19:17; ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον 23:15; ἕνα εἶχεν υἱὸν ἀγαπητόν he had an only son, whom he loved dearly Mk 12:6 (εἷς υἱ. as Phalaris, Ep. 18). ὁ δὲ θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν Gal 3:20; cp. Mk 12:32; 1 Cor 8:4, 6 (v.l. adds to God the Father and Jesus Christ ἓν πνεῦμα ἅγιον κτλ. Cp. also Maximus Tyr. 11, 5a θεὸς εἷς … κ. πατήρ, κ. θεοὶ πολλοί and as early as Xenophanes, Fgm. 19 Diehl³ εἷς θεὸς ἔν τε θεοῖσι κ. ἀνθρωποῖσι μέγιστος [= Fgm. 23 Diels]); Js 2:19; PtK 3 p. 15, 20 (Herm. Wr. 11, 11; 14 εἷς ὁ θεός; POxy 1382, 20 εἷς Ζεὺς Σάραπις; Sb 159, 1 εἷς θεὸς ὁ βοηθῶν ὑμῶν; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 67; Jos., Ant. 5, 97 θεός τε εἷς; 8, 343, C. Ap. 2, 193; SibOr 4, 30 and Fgm. 1, 7; Ath. 6, 1 μονάς ἐστιν ὁ θεός, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν εἷς; 6, 4 ὁ θεὸς εἷς; s. EPeterson, Εἷς Θεός 1926; D. Monotheismus als polit. Problem ’35; additional reff. Horst, Ps.-Phoc. p. 151f). εἷς ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ διδάσκαλος Mt 23:8; cp. vs. 9. μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ a husband married only once (numerous sepulchral ins celebrate the virtue of a surviving spouse by noting that he or she was married only once, thereby suggesting the virtue of extraordinary fidelity, e.g. CIL VI, 3604; 723; 12405; 14404; cp. Horace, Odes 3, 14, 4; Propertius 4, 11, 36; Valerius Maximus 4, 3, 3; and s. esp. CIL VI, 1527, 31670, 37053=ILS 8393 [text and Eng. tr.: EWistrand, The So-Called Laudatio Thuriae, ’76]; s. GWilliams, JRS 48, ’58 16–29. For the use of μία in ref. to a woman: Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 346 D.: ὑπὲρ μιᾶς γυναικός=for only one woman; μία γυνή quite freq.: Diod S 17, 72, 6; cp. 1, 80, 3, where the phrase γαμοῦσι μίαν simply means that the priests married only once, not that they lead a strictly moral life, a concept for which Greeks never use the expression μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ or anything like it; Hippostratus [III B.C.]: 568 Fgm. 1 Jac.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 95 §402; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ: Ath. terms a second marriage εὐπρεπής μοιχεία veiled adultery) 1 Ti 3:2, 12; Tit 1:6; others render husband of one wife (e.g. RSV in later printings; REB). Correspondingly ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή (cp. the exemplary conduct of Hannah [Anna] Lk 2:36; Paus. 7, 25, 13 the priestess of the earth goddess must be a woman who, before she became a priestess, was not πλέον ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς ἐς πεῖραν ἀφιγμένη) 1 Ti 5:9.—Abs. 1 Cor 9:24; 2 Cor 5:14. μεσίτης ἑνός an intermediary for one alone Gal 3:20; cp. Js 4:12. οὐδὲ εἷς not even a single (X., Mem. 1, 6, 2, Cyr. 1, 3, 10 et al.; Sir 42:20; 49:14 v.l.; 1 Macc 11:70) Mt 27:14; Ac 4:32. Freq. at the end of a sentence or clause (ref. fr. comedy in ESchwartz, NGG 1908, p. 534, 3. Also Hermocles [IV–III B.C.] p. 174, 17 Coll. Alex.; Dio Chrys. 21 [38], 23; Ael. Aristid. 28, 156 K.=49 p. 542 D.; 53 p. 617 D.; Epict. 2, 18, 26, Enchir. 1, 3; Philonides in Stob. 3, 35, 6 ed. Hense III p. 688; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 59, 5 [39 A.D.]; Bel 18 Theod.; 1 Macc 7:46) Ro 3:10; οὐδὲ ἕν foll. by ἐὰν μή J 3:27. This is a good reason for placing the period after οὐδὲ ἕν J 1:3 (s. GBergh van Eysinga, PM 13, 1909, 143–50. EHennecke, Congr. d’ Hist. du Christ. I 1928, 207–19; Md’Asbeck, ibid. 220–28; REisler, Revue de Philol. 3 sér. 4, 1930, 350–71; BVawter, CBQ 25, ’63, 401–6; KAland, ZNW 59, ’68, 174–209; Metzger 195f; γίνομαι 2a), but the lack of inner punctuation in the older mss. validates consideration of alternative punctuation. οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός there is not even one Ro 3:12 (Ps 13:3; Just., D. 103, 2 οὐδὲ μέχρις ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ‘not a single person’). μία εἴσοδος the only entrance Hs 9, 12, 6.—ἕν only one thing: ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει you still lack only one thing (Jos., Bell. 4, 257) Lk 18:22. ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ you lack only one thing Mk 10:21; cp. Lk 10:42. ἓν οἶδα at least this one thing I know J 9:25. ἓν δὲ τοῦτο this one thing (Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 19; Just., D. 115, 6 ἓν δὲ μικρὸν ὁτιοῦν) 2 Pt 3:8.—ἓν δέ is a short interjectional sentence (like Xenophon Eph. 1, 5, 3 τοσοῦτο δέ•) just one thing! Phil 3:13 (AFridrichsen, ConNeot 9, ’44, 31f).—Gal 5:14 commercial imagery εἷς λόγος (just) one entry, one heading (cp. BGU 831, 13).

ⓒ alone (οὐδεὶς) … εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεός Mk 2:7 (in the parallel Lk 5:21 μόνος ὁ θεός, cp. Herm Wr. 11, 11 εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεός … εἰ μὴ μόνῳ τῷ θεῷ); 10:18; 12:29 (Dt 6:4); Mt 23:10; Lk 18:19.—EBishop, ET 49, ’38, 363–66.

③ an unspecified entity, some/one=τὶς, whereby εἷς can mean exactly the same thing as the indef. art. (Aristoph. et al. [Av. 1292 εἷς κάπηλος]; Περὶ ὕψους 33, 4 p. 62, 18 V. [the rdg. of cod. Paris], εἷς ἕτερος w. μή ‘for no other reason’; Strabo 5, 3, 2, 230c ἐπηγγείλατο ἕνα ἀγῶνα ἱππικόν; Syntipas p. 29, 3 μία γαλῆ; Appian, Liby. 117 §554 νυκτὸς μιᾶς=one night; Marc. Diac. 27, 5 ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ=on a certain day; SIG 1170, 15 [160 A.D.] μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ; UPZ 162 I, 27 [117 B.C.]; PAmh 30, 28 [II B.C.] Κονδύλου ἑνὸς τῶν ἁλιείων; BGU 1044, 6; Gen 21:15; Jdth 14:6; 1 Esdr 3:5. B-D-F §247, 2; Mlt. 96f; Rob. 674f; Mlt-Turner 195f; EBruhn, RhM 49, 1894, 168–71; JWackernagel, Syntax II² 1928, 151; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 104–6).

ⓐ someone, anyone Mt 18:24; 19:16; Mk 10:17; εἷς ὀνόματι Κλεοπᾶς Lk 24:18. Oft. w. partitive gen. foll. (Alexis 220, 5; Diod S 20, 107, 5 εἷς τῶν φίλων; Epict. 4, 2, 9; Dio Chrys. 71 [21], 15 εἷς τῶν Σπαρτῶν; TestJob 26:6 μίαν τῶν … γυναικῶν; Jos., Ant. 9, 106) ἕνα τῶν προφητῶν (some) one of the prophets Mt 16:14 (a diminishing term? s. Reader, Polemo p. 257). ἕνα τ. συνδούλων 18:28. ἐν μιᾷ τ. πόλεων Lk 5:12. ἐν μιᾷ τ. ἡμερῶν on one of the days vs. 17; cp. 15:19, 26; 22:47.

ⓑ as indef. art. (s. at 3 above beg.) εἷς γραμματεύς a scribe Mt 8:19. συκῆν μίαν a fig tree Mt 21:19; cp. 26:69; Mk 12:42. παιδάριον ἕν J 6:9 v.l.; ἑνὸς ἀετοῦ Rv 8:13; cp. 18:21; 19:17; ἄρχων εἷς ἐλθών Mt 9:18. εἷς στέφανος ApcPt 3:10; ἓν σῶμα AcPlCor 2:26.

ⓒ used w. τὶς (Pla., Thu., et al.; Jdth 2:13) εἷς τις νεανίσκος a certain young man Mk 14:51 v.l. W. partitive gen. foll. (Trypho Alex. [I B.C.] in Athen. 3, 78a ἕνα τινὰ τ. Τιτάνων; Aesop, Fab. 300 H./30 P. and H-H.; Hierocles 27, 484; IG XII/5, 445, 12 [III B.C.] ἕνα τινὰ αὐτῶν; Ael. Aristid. 29, 14 K.=40 p. 755D.: εἷς τις τ. χορευτῶν) εἷς τις τῶν παρεστηκότων a certain one of the bystanders vs. 47 (on the v.l. without τις s. PDickerson, JBL 116, ’97, 302); also εἷς τις ἐξ αὐτῶν (Jos., Vi. 290) Lk 22:50; J 11:49.

④ marker of someth. that is first, the first

ⓐ perh. Hebraistic (cp. Num 1:1 ἐν μιᾷ τοῦ μηνὸς τ. δευτέρου; 2 Esdr 10:17; Esth 1:1a; Jos., Ant. 1, 29.—But s. also Lydus, Mens. 3, 4 W. τὴν κεφαλὴν τ. χρόνου οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι οὐχὶ πρώτην ἀλλὰ μίαν ὠνόμασαν; Callim., Fgm. 550 P. [482 Schneider] πρὸ μιῆς ὥρης=before the first hour of the day) is its use w. expressions denoting time instead of the ordinal number εἰς μίαν σαββάτων on the first day of the week Mt 28:1; cp. Lk 24:1; Mk 16:2; J 20:1, 19; Ac 20:7; also κατὰ μίαν σαββάτου 1 Cor 16:2 (cp. Just., D. 41, 4 τῇ μίᾳ τῶν σαββάτων ἡμέρᾳ; 27, 5 [here w. πρό and μετά resp., in accordance with Latin usage]).

ⓑ not Semitic (Hdt. 4, 161 μία, ἄλλη, τρίτη; Ael. Aristid. 36, 40 K.=48 p. 453 D.: ἕν, δεύτερον, τρίτον, τέταρτον; JosAs 2:17) εἷς καὶ δεύτερος a first and second Tit 3:10 (cp. Alciphron, Ep. 1, 9, 2; Galen XII 746 K.: ὕδωρ ὄμβριον ἔγχριε μέχρι μιᾶς καὶ δευτέρας ἡμέρας; Maximus Tyr. 28, 2h μίαδευτέρα; EpArist 143; Jos., Ant. 11, 150; 16, 350 πεσόντος ἑνός καὶ δευτέρου). S. also ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ μία Rv 9:12.—ἓν τριάκοντα Mk 4:8, 20 is prob. to be considered an Aramaism thirtyfold (B-D-F §248, 3; EKautzsch, Gramm. d. bibl. Aram. 1884 §66, 2; JHudson, ET 53, ’41/42, 266f).

⑤ special combinations:

ⓐ εἷς … εἷς (Hom. et al. εἷς μὲν … εἷς δέ: X., Cyr. 1, 2, 4; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 20, 1393a; pap in Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 50, 11 and 13 [III B.C.] ἓν μὲν … ἓν δέ; II/2, 372 V, 14 [II A.D.] ὁ εἷς … ὁ εἷς; POxy 1153, 14 [I A.D.] ἓν μὲν … καὶ ἕν; 2 Km 12:1; Sir 34:23f εἷς … καὶ εἷς; Esth 10:3g δύο, ἕνα τῷ λαῷ … καὶ ἕνα τ. ἔθνεσιν; TestJob 51:3 μιᾶς ὑποσειμιούσης τῇ μιᾷ) (the) one … the other Mt 20:21; 24:40f; 27:38; J 20:12; Gal 4:22; B 7:6f. εἷς τὸν ἕνα one another (=ἀλλήλους) 1 Th 5:11 (cp. Theocr. 22, 65 εἷς ἑνί; TestJob 27:3 εἷς τόν ἕνα κατέρραξαν ‘threw each other to the ground’).

ⓑ εἷς … εἷς … εἷς one … another … a third Mt 17:4 (cp. 1 Km 10:3; 13:17, 18).

ⓒ εἷς ἕκαστος every single, strengthening ἕκαστος, adj. Eph 4:16. Mostly subst.; s. ἕκαστος b.

ⓓ ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἕτερος the one … the other (Aristot., De Rep. Ath. 37, 1; Hyperid. 5, 14f; UPZ 161, 39; 43; 46 [119 B.C.]; PGen 48, 6ff μίαν μὲν … τὴν δὲ ἑτέραν; BGU 194, 15f; Esth 5:1a; TestAbr A 11 p. 88, 29 [Stone p. 24]; Just. D. 49, 2 al.) Mt 6:24; Lk 7:41; 16:13; 17:34f; 18:10 al.; also ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος Rv 17:10.

ⓔ distrib. (1 Ch 24:6 εἷς εἷς; AscIs 3:27 εἷς καὶ εἷς καὶ εἷς ἐν τόποις καὶ τόποις) καθʼ ἕνα, καθʼ ἕν (Hdt., Pla. et al.; 1 Esdr 1:31; 4 Macc 15:12, 14; Jos., Bell. 4, 240, Ant. 12, 191; Ath. 25, 3 καθʼ ἕνα καὶ κατὰ ἔθνη) ITr 12:2; καθʼ ἕνα πάντες all, one by one 1 Cor 14:31 (cp. Ps.-Xenophon, Cyn. 6, 14). ὑμεῖς οἱ καθʼ ἕνα ἕκαστος each one of you Eph 5:33. καθʼ ἕν one after the other (hence τὸ καθʼ ἕν ‘a detailed list’: PLille 11, 8 [III B.C.]; PTebt 47, 34; 332, 16) J 21:25. Also καθʼ ἓν ἕκαστον (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 22, Ages. 7, 1; EpArist 143) Ac 21:19. ἓν καθʼ ἕν (Aesop, Fab. 274 P.; PLeid II, X 1, 22) each one Rv 4:8. In this pass. the second ἕν could be an undeclined nom. as in εἷς κατὰ εἷς (cp. Lucian, Sol. 9; 3 Macc 5:34. Other exx. in W-S. §26, 9; 11 and Wetstein I 627) one after the other Mk 14:19; J 8:9. τὸ καθʼ εἷς opp. οἱ πολλοί individually Ro 12:5; but κατὰ ἕνα = ἕκαστον Hs 9, 3, 5; 9, 6, 3 (B-D-F §305). ἀνὰ εἷς ἕκαστος each one Rv 21:21.

ⓕ ἀπὸ μιᾶς s. ἀπό 6 (as idiom w. noun to be supplied Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 46, 15 [338 A.D.] μίαν ἐκ μιᾶς, i.e. ἡμέραν=day after day).—B. 937; 1007f. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἷς
3 πρᾶγμα

πρᾶγμα, ατος, τό, [dialect] Ion. [full] πρῆχμα Schwyzer 688 B16, C5 (Chios, v B. C.), GDI5598.4 ([place name] Ephesus); also [full] πρῆγμα Hdt.5.33, al., but Hdt. perh. wrote [full] πρῆχμα, which is v. l. in 1.133 ap.Ath.4.144a (cod. A), and in 3.49,57 (POxy.1619.326, 379); cf. πρήχματος οὐχ ὁσίου imitated from Hdt. in Epigr.Gr.1092 ([place name] Erechtheum): ([etym.] πράσσω):—

A deed, act, the concrete of πρᾶξις, but freq. approaching to the abstract sense, Thgn.116, al.; opp. λόγοι, D.2.12, etc.; πραγμάτων ὀρθὰν ὁδόν Pi.O. 7.46
; γυναίου π. ἐποίει did the act of a woman, D.25.57, cf. 18.24, etc.

II occurrence, matter, affair, πᾶσαν τελευτὰν πράγματος Pi.O. 13.75
, cf. P.4.278; τί τοῦδε σοὶ μέτεστι π. λέγε A.Eu. 575
, cf. 584; π. τοιόνδε συνηνείχθη γενέσθαι Hdt.5.33
, cf. 9.92, Th.2.64; ἐς μέσον σφι προετίθεε τὸ π. Hdt.1.206
; τί δ' εἰδὼς τοῦδε π. πέρι; S.Aj. 747
codd.; τὸ π. εἰς ὑπέρδεινόν μοι περιέστη D.21.111
; ὁρᾶτε τὸ π., οἷ προελήλυθε κτλ., Id.4.9, cf. 8.7.

2 thing, concrete reality, ἆρ' ἔστιν αὔλησίς τι π.; Epich.171.1
; opp. ὄνομα, Pl.Cra. 391b, 436a, And.4.27; δύο π... τοιάδε, οἷον Κρατύλος καὶ Κρατύλου εἰκών Pl.Cra. 432b
; ὡς ἀργαλέον π. ἐστίν c. inf., Ar.Pl.1; οὐδὲ π. οὐθέν ἐστι παρὰ τὰ μεγέθη.. τὰ αἰσθητὰ κεχωρισμένον Arist. de An. 432a3
, cf. Mete. 379a32, Ph. 226b30, 227b28; διαμάχονται περὶ τοῦ λευκὸν ἢ μὴ λευκὸν εἶναι τὸ π. Plu.2.1109d
, cf. 1112d; ἐξ ἀζωΐας καὶ ζωῆς συγκείμενον π. Porph.Sent.21
: pl., τῶν π. ἀΐδιος ἔσσα Philol.6
, cf. Democr.164, Arist.Xen. 974a25, Pol. 1252a24; τὰ μετέωρα π. Ar.Nu. 228
, cf. 250, 741; opp. ὀνόματα, Pl.Cra. 39oe, D.9.15.

b contemptuously, thing, creature, κακῷ πράγματι wretched creature, viz. the sophist, Pl.Prt. 312c; τούτῳ τῷ π., viz. the demos, Id.Grg. 520b; ὁ δῆμος ἀσταθμητότατον π. D.19.136
; ἄμαχον π., of a woman, X. Cyr.6.1.36.

3 like πρᾶξις 1.2, ὄφελος 1
, in Hdt., πρῆγμά ἐστι or ἐστί μοι, c. inf., it is advantageous for me, εὕρισκε π. οἱ εἶναι ἐλαύνειν 1.79
, cf. 4.11: with a neg., εὕρισκέ οἱ οὐ π. εἶναι στρατεύεσθαι Id.7.12
: also c. acc. et inf., οὐδὲν ἂν εἴη π. γνώμας ἐμὲ σοὶ ἀποφαίνεσθαι there will be no advantage or need, Id.1.207; π. ἂν ἦν μοῦνον the only thing needful, Id.7.130.

4 thing of consequence or importance, π. ποιήσασθαι [τι] ib. 150; π. οὐδὲν ἐποιήσαντο Id.6.63
; οὐδὲν π., ὦ Σώκρατες no matter, S., Pl.Grg. 447b, cf. E.Med. 451; ὡς.. οὐδὲν ὂν π., εἰ καὶ ἀποθάνοι Pl.Euthphr.4d
; δῆλον ἦν ὅτι π. τι εἴη that there was something the matter, X.An.4.1.17.

b π. ἐστί μοι it concerns me, σφίσι τε καὶ Ἀθηναίοισι εἶναι οὐδὲν π. they had nothing to do with the A., Hdt.5.84, cf. D.18.283; ᾧ μὴ π. μὴ εἰσίναι no admittance except on business, Sammelb.6152.22 (i B. C.): c. gen. rei, οἷς μηδὲν ἦν π. τοῦ πολέμου who were not concerned in the war, Plu.Pomp.65; τὸ σὸν τί ἐστι π.; what is your pursuit or business, what are you about? Pl. Ap. 20c, cf. Alc.1.104d.

c μέγα π. a man of consequence, D.35.15; τὸ μέγα π. ἐν τῇ πόλει Men.Sam. 175
; ἦν μέγιστον π. Δημοκήδης παρὰ βασιλέϊ he was made much of by the king, Hdt.3.132; π. μέγα φρέατος a fine large tank, Alex.179.

5 used of a battle, action, affair, ὡς οἱ σωθέντες ἐκ τοῦ π. ἀπέφυγον X.HG7.1.17
.

6 τὸ π. the love- affair of Harmodius and Aristogeiton, Aeschin.1.132.

7 fact, opp. λόγος, ὄνομα, Arist. Top. 146a3, SE 175a8; πρὸς τὸ π. καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν Id.Ph. 263a17
: pl., οὐκ ἐχρῆν τῶν π. τὴν γλῶσσαν ἰσχύειν πλέον E.Hec. 1188
.

8 matter in hand, question, Hp.Acut.39; πρὸς τὸ π. Pl.Men. 87a
, Arist.APr. 70a32, D.54.26; διαιρεῖν κατὰ τὸ π. Arist. Pol. 1299b18
; ἔξω τοῦ π., v. ἔξω 1.2b.

III in pl., πράγματα,

1 circumstances, affairs, τὰ ἀνθρωπήϊα π. Hdt.1.207
; ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ ἀγαθοῖς π. Th.3.82
, cf. 1.89; τοῖς π. τέθνηκα τοῖς δ' ἔργοισιν οὔ by circumstances, not by acts, E.Hel. 286; ἐν τοιούτοις π. X.Mem.2.7.2
, An.2.1.16, etc.; δεινὸς πράγμασι χρῆσθαι D.1.3
, cf. X.HG3.5.1; τύχη τὰ θνητῶν πράγματ', οὐκ εὐβουλία Chaerem.2
; ἀποτυγχάνειν τῶν π. fail to prosper, X.Mem.4.2.28; the condition of a patient, τὰ τῶν νοσεύντων π. Hp.Prog.1
(also in sg., ἐξαπίνης ὅλῳ τῷ π. μεταβάλλειν Id.Acut. 35
; so also poet., ποῦ ποτ' εἰμὶ πράγματος; S.Tr. 375
, cf.Aj. 314).

2 state-affairs, τὰ πολιτικὰ π. Pl.Ap. 31d
; ἔστ' ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς πόλεως τὰ π. the fortunes of the state, Ar.Lys.32; a state or empire, τὰ Περσικὰ π. the Persian power, Hdt.3.137; τὰ Περσέων π. Id.7.50
, etc.; διαπεπόρθηται τὰ Περσῶν π. A.Pers. 714
; ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τὰ π. ἐγένετο Th.1.74
; μὴ ὥσπερ θεῷ νομίζετ' ἐκείνῳ τὰ παρόντα πεπηγέναι π. ἀθάνατα D.4.8
, cf. 44, etc.; παρασπάσασθαί τι τῶν ὅλων π. Id.1.3
; of government, καταλαμβάνειν τὰ π. Hdt.6.39
, cf. Th.3.30 ([voice] Pass.); ἔχειν τὰ π. ib.62,72, cf. Hdt.6.83; κατέχειν τὰ π. Th.4.2
; ἐς μέσον Πέρσῃσι καταθεῖναι τὰ π. Hdt.3.80
; οἱ ἐν τοῖς π. those who are in power or office, Th.3.28, D.9.56, Arist.Pol. 1307b10; οἱ ἐπὶ τοῖς π. ὄντες D.9.2
; οἱ ἐπὶ τῶν π. Id.18.247
, cf. Plb.3.69.4, LXX 1 Ma.3.32; [full] ἐν τυραννίδι καὶ πλούτῳ καὶ πράγμασι Plu.2.150c
; τριῶν ἀνδρῶν δημοσίων π. ἀποκαταστάσεως, = Lat. triumvir reipublicae constituendae, Sammelb. 4224.2 (i B. C.); κοινωνοὶ τῶν π. X.HG2.3.17
;
νεώτερα π.
innovations, Lys.13.6
, Isoc.7.59, etc., cf. Hdt.5.19; but εὐνούστατος τοῖς π. a friend to things as they are, Lys.12.65.

3 fortunes, cause, circumstances, Hdt.7.236, 237; κοινὰ π. E.IT 1062
; τέρας γὰρ ὁ βίος καὶ τὰ π. ἐστί μου Id.Hel. 260
; ἔρρει τἀμὰ π. X.Smp.1.15
, cf. E.Alc. 280: τὰ π. alone, one's all, one's fortunes, ἐν ᾧπέρ ἐστι πάντα μοι τὰ π. Ar.Ach. 474
; = κτήματα, Hp. ( Lex5?) ap.Erot.: in sg., φαῦλον γὰρ ἂν εἴη τὸ ἐμὸν π. Pl.Hp.Ma. 286e
, cf. Cri. 53d, Ap. 42a.

4 business, esp. lawbusiness, πρός τινα Antipho 6.12
, Th.1.128; οὔτε ἐμαυτοῦ οὔτε ἀλλότρια π. πράξας Lys.12.3
; δικῶν γὰρ οὐ δέομ' οὐδὲ πραγμάτων Ar.V. 1426
; πράγματα κἀντιγραφάς Id.Nu. 471
: metaph. in sg., πονηρὸν τὸ π. ἔχειν to have a bad case, Arist.Rh. 1415b22.

5 in bad sense, trouble, annoyance, ἁπάντων αἰτίους τῶν π. Ar.Ach. 310
; πρήγματα ἔχειν, c. part., to have trouble about a thing, Hdt.7.147, cf. Pl.Tht. 174b, etc.; π. ἔχειν ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ X.Cyr.1.3.4
, etc.; π. λαμβάνειν Id.Lac.2.9
; π. παρέχειν τινί to cause one trouble, Hdt.1.155, Ar.Pl.20, al.: c. inf., cause one the trouble of doing, Pl.Phd. 115a, X.Cyr.4.5.46, Ar.V. 313; πραγμάτων.. ἀπαλλαγείς Id.Ach. 269
(lyr.), cf. Pl.Ap. 41d, R. 406e; ἄνευ πραγμάτων, σὺν πράγμασι, D.1.20, X.An.6.3.6: less freq.in sg., μηδὲν πρῆγμα παρέχειν Hdt.7.239
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρᾶγμα
4 λόγος

λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word v. Theo Sm.pp.72,73 H., An.Ox.4.327): common in all periods in Prose and Verse, exc. Epic, in which it is found in signf. derived from λέγω (B) 111, cf.infr. VI. 1 a:

I computation, reckoning (cf. λέγω (B) II).

1 account of money handled, σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν IG12.374.191
; ἐδίδοσαν τὸν λ. ib.232.2; λ. δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων Hdt.3.142
, cf. 143; οὔτε χρήματα διαχειρίσας τῆς πόλεως δίδωμι λ. αὐτῶν οὔτε ἀρχὴν ἄρξας οὐδεμίαν εὐθύνας ὑπέχω νῦν αὐτῆς Lys.24.26
; λ. ἀπενεγκεῖν Arist.Ath.54.1
; ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις τοῦ τοιούτου λ. ὑπεχέτω Pl.Lg. 774b
; τὸν τῶν χρημάτων λ. παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν D.8.47
; ἀδικήματα εἰς ἀργυρίου λ. ἀνήκοντα Din.1.60
; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, Ev.Matt.18.23, etc.; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, Cod.Just.1.4.26.1; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H.: metaph., οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν S.Aj. 477
.

b public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ., in Egypt, OGI188.2, 189.3, 669.38; also as title of treasurer, ib.408.4, Str.17.1.12; ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν λ. IPE2.29
A ([place name] Panticapaeum); δημόσιος λ., = Lat. fiscus, OGI669.21 (Egypt, i A.D.), etc. (but later, = aerarium, Cod.Just.1.5.15); also Καίσαρος λ. OGI669.30
; κυριακὸς λ. ib.18.

2 generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, S.OC 1225 (lyr.); δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, Hdt.8.100; λ. αἰτεῖν Pl.Plt. 285e
; λ. δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι Id.Prt. 336c
, al.; λαμβάνειν λ. καὶ ἐλέγχειν Id.Men. 75d
; παρασχεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων λ. Id.R. 344d
; λ. ἀπαιτεῖν D.30.15
, cf. Arist. EN 1104a3; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, D.19.95; λ. ἐγγράψαι Id.24.199
, al.; λ. ἀποφέρειν τῇ πόλει Aeschin.3.22
, cf. Eu. Luc.16.2, Ep.Hebr.13.17; τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγειν Plb.15.34.2
; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, Plot.6.9.4; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, Arist.APo. 74b27; ἐς λ. τινός on account of, ἐς χρημάτων λ. Th.3.46
, cf. Plb.5.89.6, LXX 2 Ma1.14, JRS 18.152 ([place name] Jerash); λόγῳ c. gen., by way of, Cod.Just.3.2.5. al.; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, Arist.HA 517b27; πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λ. Ep.Hebr.4.13
, cf. D.Chr.31.123.

3 measure, tale (cf. infr. 11.1), θάλασσα.. μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν Heraclit.31
; ψυχῆς ἐστι λ. ἑαυτὸν αὔξων Id.115
; ἐς τούτου (sc. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, Hdt.3.99, cf.7.9.β; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, Th.7.56, cf. Ep.Phil.4.15; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, Pl.Lg. 746e; sum, total of expenditure, IG42(1).103.151 (Epid., iv B.C.); ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ., = Lat. patrimonii modus, Cod.Just.1.5.12.20.

4 esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (cf. infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, Heraclit.39; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν' A.Pr. 233; οὐ σμικροῦ λ. S.OC 1163
: freq. in Hdt., Μαρδονίου λ. οὐδεὶς γίνεται 8.102
; τῶν ἦν ἐλάχιστος ἀπολλυμένων λ. 4.135
, cf. E.Fr.94; περὶ ἐμοῦ οὐδεὶς λ. Ar.Ra.87
; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with.., Hdt.1.120, cf.4.138; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, Id.1.33; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, Id.1.143, 3.146; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Lat. rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, Democr.187, etc.: usu. in neg. statements, οὐδένα λ. ποιήσασθαί τινος Hdt.1.4
, cf. 13, Plb.21.14.9, etc.; λ. ἔχειν Hdt.1.62
, 115; λ. ἴσχειν περί τινος Pl.Ti. 87c
; λ. ἔχειν περὶ τοὺς ποιητάς Lycurg.107
; λ. ἔχειν τινός D.18.199
, Arist.EN 1102b32, Plu.Phil.18 (but also, have the reputation of.., v. infr. VI. 2 e); ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ποιήσασθαί τι Hdt.3.50
; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, Id.9.70; ἐν σμικρῷ λ. εἶναι Pl.R. 550a
; ὑμεῖς οὔτ' ἐν λ. οὔτ' ἐν ἀριθμῷ Orac. ap. Sch.Theoc.14.48; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, Hdt.3.120; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as.., Eus.Mynd.Fr. 59; σεμνὸς εἰς ἀρετῆς λ. καὶ δόξης D.19.142
.

II relation, correspondence, proportion,

1 generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), Thgn.418 = 1164; πρὸς λόγον τοῦ σήματος A.Th. 519
; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, Hdt.1.134, cf. 7.36; κατὰ λ. τῆς ἀποφορῆς Id.2.109
; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, Hp.VM16, Prog.17: c. gen., κατὰ λ. τῶν πρόσθεν ib. 24; κατὰ λ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ar. Nu. 619
; κατὰ λ. τῆς δυνάμεως X. Cyr.8.6.11
; ἐλάττω ἢ κατὰ λ. Arist. HA 508a2
, cf. PA 671a18; ἐκ ταύτης ἐγένετο ἐκείνη κατὰ λ. Id.Pol. 1257a31
; cf. εὔλογος: sts. with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to.., Hdt.1.186; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Prm. 136b, al.; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, Id.R. 353d; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, IG12.76.8; by parity of reasoning, Pl.Cra. 393c, R. 610a, al.; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, Id.Ti. 29c, Alc.2.145d; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς.. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to.. as.., Procl.in Euc.p.20 F., al.

2 Math., ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ' ἀνάλογον λ., λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας, Theo Sm.p.73 H.), Pythag. 2; ἰσότης λόγων Arist.EN 113a31
; λ. ἐστὶ δύο μεγεθῶν ἡ κατὰ πηλικότητα ποιὰ σχέσις Euc.5
Def.3; τῶν ἁρμονιῶν τοὺς λ. Arist.Metaph. 985b32
, cf. 1092b14; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, Aristox.Harm.p.32 M.; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, Euc.Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, Aristox.Harm.p.34 M.; ἐὰν ᾖ ἰσχυροτέρα τοῦ αἰσθητηρίου ἡ κίνησις, λύεται ὁ λ. Arist.de An. 424a31
; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, Archyt.2; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, Pl. Ti. 37a; so κατὰ λ. Men.319.6
; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, Plb.6.30.3, 9.15.3 (but πρὸς λόγον ἐπὶ στενὸν συνάγεται narrows uniformly, Sor. 1.9, cf. Diocl.Fr.171); ἐπὶ λόγον IG5(1).1428
([place name] Messene).

3 Gramm., analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncope, Choerob. in Theod.1.75 Gaisf., 1.377 H.; εἰπέ μοι τὸν λ. τοῦ Αἴας Αἴαντος, τουτέστι τὸν κανόνα An.Ox. 4.328
.

III explanation,

1 plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ.; A.Ch. 515; ἐξ οὐδενὸς λ. S.Ph. 731
; ἀπὸ παντὸς λ. Id.OC 762
; χὠ λ. καλὸς προσῆν Id.Ph. 352
; σὺν ἀφανεῖ λ. Id.OT 657
(lyr., v.l. λόγων) ; ἐν ἀφανεῖ λ. Antipho 5.59
; ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ λ. Hdt.6.124
; κατὰ τίνα λ.; on what ground? Pl.R. 366b; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, Id.Prt. 343d; ἐπὶ τίνι λ.; for what reason? X.HG2.2.19; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, Aeschin.3.228; τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; what just cause is there? Pl.Grg. 512c; τίνι λ.; on what account? Act.Ap.10.29; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that.., ib.18.14; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, Pl.Ap. 31b; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, ib. 34b.

b plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, ib. 18b, al., Arist.Rh. 1402a24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1042 (pl.); personified, ib. 886, al.; ἀμύνεις τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς λ. Pl.Phlb. 38a
; ἀνοίσεις τοὺς λ. αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεόν LXXEx.18.19
; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against.., Act.Ap.19.38.

2 statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας prob. in Heraclit.50; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, Parm.8.50; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Democr.7; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, S.El. 466, Pl.Phd. 62d, etc.; ἔχει λ. D.44.32
; οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ καταβαλεῖ λ. E.Ba. 202
; δίκασον.. τὸν λ. ἀκούσας Pl.Lg. 696b
; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ. ib. 714d, cf. Sph. 238b, Phlb. 50a; ὡς ὁ λ. (sc. λέγει) Arist.EN 1115b12; ὡς ὁ λ. ὁ ὀρθὸς λέγει ib. 1138b20, cf. 29; ὁ λ. θέλει προσβιβάζειν Phld.Rh.1.41
, cf.1.19 S.; οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἀκούσειε λόγου ἀποτρέποντος Arist.EN 1179b27
; λ. καθαίρων Aristo Stoic.1.88
; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, Phld.Mus.p.77 K.; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, Ev.Jo.5.24; ὁ προφητικὸς λ., collect., of VT prophecy, 2 Ep.Pet.1.19: pl., ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα Heraclit.108
; οὐκ ἐπίθετο τοῖς ἐμοῖς λ. Ar.Nu.73
; of arguments leading to a conclusion ([etym.] ὁ λ.), Pl. Cri. 46b; τὰ Ἀναξαγόρου βιβλία γέμει τούτων τῶν λ. Id.Ap. 26d
; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, Arist.EN 1095a31; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. Id.APr. 24b18; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, Plot.6.8.7.

b ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ., title of a discourse by Protagoras, D.L.9.54; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ., name of an argument, ib.23; ὁ αὐξόμενος λ. Plu.2.559b
; καταβάλλοντες (sc. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, S.E.M.7.60; λ. σοφιστικοί Arist.SE 165a34
, al.; οἱ μαθηματικοὶ λ. Id.Rh. 1417a19
, etc.; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ., current outside the Lyceum, Id.Ph. 217b31, al.; Δισσοὶ λ., title of a philosophical treatise (= Dialex.); Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, Ath.8.338d.

c in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion, πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος Arist.APr. 24a16
.

d rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, Pi.O.2.22, P.1.35, N.4.31; πείθεσθαι τῷ λ. ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται Pl.Cri. 46b
, cf. c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, Id.Lg. 696c; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, Arist.EN 1139a32; of the final cause, ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν Id.PA 639b15
; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου ib.18; [τέχνη] ἕξις μετὰ λ. ἀληθοῦς ποιητική Id.EN 1140a10
; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, ib. 1144b27, 1147b3, al.; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently, ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν Pl.Lg. 689d
, cf. Ti. 89d; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opp. κατὰ πάθος, Arist.EN 1169a5; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, Plb.1.20.3.

3 law, rule of conduct, ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ Heraclit.72
; πολλοὶ λόγον μὴ μαθόντες ζῶσι κατὰ λόγον Democr.53
; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, Arist.Pol. 1286a17; ὁ νόμος.. λ. ὢν ἀπό τινος φρονήσεως καὶ νοῦ Id.EN 1180a21
; ὁ νόμος.. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, Plu. 2.780c; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, Phld.Piet.30, cf. 102; ὁ προστακτικὸς τῶν ποιητέων ἢ μὴ λ. κοινός M.Ant.4.4
.

4 thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, Pl. Prt. 344b; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, Id.Phd. 100a; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, Arist.Cael. 296a20.

5 reason, ground, πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε Heraclit.1
; οὕτω βαθὺν λ. ἔχει Id.45
; ἐκ λόγου, opp. μάτην, Leucipp. 2; μέγιστον σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λ. Meliss.8
; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for.., Pl.Grg. 465a; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας Id.Sph. 265c
; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα ([etym.] ἐπιστήμη) Id.Tht. 201c; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, Arist. Metaph. 1011a12; οἱ ἁπάντων ζητοῦντες λ. ἀναιροῦσι λ. Thphr.Metaph. 26
.

6 formula (wider than definition, but freq. equivalent thereto), term expressing reason, λ. τῆς πολιτείας Pl.R. 497c
; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, Id.Phdr. 245e; ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λ. Id.R. 343a
; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας ib. 534b, cf. Phd. 78d; τὰς πολλὰς ἐπιστήμας ἑνὶ λ. προσειπεῖν Id.Tht. 148d
; ὁ τῆς οἰκοδομήσεως λ. ἔχει τὸν τῆς οἰκίας Arist. PA 646b3
; τεθείη ἂν ἴδιον ὄνομα καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν λ. Id.Metaph. 1006b5
, cf. 1035b4; πᾶς ὁρισμὸς λ. τίς ἐστι Id.Top. 102a5
; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, Id.de An. 414b23; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, Id.Pol. 1276b24; πηγῆς λ. ἔχον Ph.2.477
; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of.., Plu.2.637d; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (cf. supr. II) of combination, Arist.PA 642a22, cf. Metaph. 993a17.

7 reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law, κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα Pl.R. 500c
; κατ τὸν < αὐτὸν αὖ> λ. by the same law, Epich.170.18; ψυχῆς τὸ πᾶν τόδε διοικούσης κατὰ λ. Plot.2.3.13
; esp. in Stoic Philos., the divine order, τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν Zeno Stoic.1.24
; τὸ ποιοῦν τὸν ἐν [τῇ ὕλῃ] λ. τὸν θεόν ibid., cf. 42; ὁ τοῦ κόσμου λ. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.264
; λόγος, = φύσει νόμος, Stoic.2.169; κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώποις λ. M.Ant.7.53
; ὁ ὀρθὸς λ. διὰ πάντων ἐρχόμενος Chrysipp.Stoic.3.4
: so in Plot., τὴν φύσιν εἶναι λόγον, ὃς ποιεῖ λ. ἄλλον γέννημα αὑτοῦ 3.8.2
.

b σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms, ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου Zeno Stoic.1.28
: usu. in pl., Stoic. 2.205,314,al.; γίνεται τὰ ἐν τῷ παντὶ οὐ κατὰ σπερματικούς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λ. περιληπτικούς Plot.3.1.7
, cf.4.4.39: so without σπερματικός, ὥσπερ τινὲς λ. τῶν μερῶν Cleanth.Stoic.1.111
; οἱ λ. τῶν ὅλων Ph.1.9
.

c in Neo-Platonic Philos., of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe, ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι Plot.3.8.4
; οἱ ἐν σπέρματι λ. πλάττουσι.. τὰ ζῷα οἷον μικρούς τινας κόσμους Id.4.3.10
, cf.3.2.16,3.5.7; opp. ὅρος, Id.6.7.4; ἀφανεῖς λ. τῆς φύσεως Procl.
in R.1.18 K.; τεχνικοὶ λ. ib.142 K., al.

IV inward debate of the soul (cf. λ. ὃν αὐτὴ πρὸς αὑτὴν ἡ ψυχὴ διεξέρχεται Pl.Tht. 189e
( διάλογος in Sph. 263e); ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opp. ὁ ἔξω λ.), Arist.APo. 76b25, 27; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opp. ὁ προφορικὸς λ., Stoic.2.43, Ph.2.154),

1 thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opp. ἰδία φρόνησις, Heraclit. 2; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ.. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, Parm.1.36; reflection, deliberation (cf. VI.3), ἐδίδου λόγον ἑωυτῷ περὶ τῆς ὄψιος Hdt.1.209
, cf. 34, S.OT 583, D.45.7; μὴ εἰδέναι.. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, Anaxag.7; ἃ δὴ λόγῳ μὲν καὶ διανοίᾳ ληπτά, ὄψει δ' οὔ Pl.R. 529d
, cf. Prm. 135e; ὁ λ. ἢ ἡ αἴσθησις Arist.EN 1149a35
,al.; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opp. αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, Aristocl. ap. Eus.PE14.17: hence λόγῳ or τῷ λ. in idea, in thought, τῷ λ. τέμνειν Pl.R. 525e
; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, Arist. EN 1102a30, cf. GC 320b14, al.; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opp. sensibly perceived, Placit.1.3.5, cf. Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.20; τοὺς λ. θεωρητοὺς χρόνους Epicur.Ep.1p.19U.
; διὰ λόγου θ. χ. ib.p.10 U.; λόγῳ καταληπτός Phld.Po.5.20
, etc.; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, Hdt.2.33; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, Id.3.45,6.124, cf. Pl.Cri. 48c (but, our argument shows, Lg. 663d): also c. acc. pers., χρᾶται ὅ τι μιν λ. αἱρέει as the whim took him, Hdt.1.132; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, Id.4.127, cf. Pl.R. 607b; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, Zeno Stoic.1.50, M.Ant.2.5, cf. 4.24, Arr.Epict. 2.2.20, etc.: coupled or contrasted with other functions, καθ' ὕπνον ἐπειδὴ λόγου καὶ φρονήσεως οὐ μετεῖχε since reason and understanding are in abeyance, Pl.Ti. 71d; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opp. αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, Id.Sph. 265c; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opp. μετ' αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, Id.Ti. 28a; τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ μετ' ἀληθοῦς λ., opp. τὸ δὲ ἄλογον, ib. 51e, cf. 70d, al.; λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν Id.Phlb. 62a
; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, Id.Phd. 73a; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη τῶν καθόλου Arist.Metaph. 1059b26
; τὸ λόγον ἔχον Id.EN 1102b15
, 1138b9, al.: in sg. and pl., contrasted by Pl. and Arist. as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sts. with depreciatory emphasis on the former, εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα Pl.Phd. 99e
; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opp. τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities), ib. 100a; τῇ αἰσθήσει μᾶλλον τῶν λ. πιστευτέον Arist.GA 760b31
; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ., opp. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, Id.Ph. 189a4; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opp. ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, Id.Mete. 378b20; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opp. ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, Id.Pol. 1326a29; ἡ πίστις οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λ. Id.Ph. 262a19
; μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα τοῖς λ. Id.Pol. 1334a6
; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opp. perception, Id.Ph. 189a7; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opp. practice, Epicur.Sent.25; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opp. intuition, Arist.EN 1142a26, 1143b1; reasoning in general, ib. 1149a26; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, Id.Metaph. 1063b10; λ. καὶ φρόνησιν Phld.Mus.p.105
K.; ὁ λ. ἢ λογισμός ibid.; τὸ ἰδεῖν οὐκέτι λ., ἀλλὰ μεῖζον λόγου καὶ πρὸ λόγου, of mystical vision, opp. reasoning, Plot.6.9.10.—Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, Pl.Ti. 30b; οὔκουν τόν γ' εἰκότα λ. ἂν ἔχοι Id.Lg. 647d
; παρὰ λόγον, opp. κατὰ λ., Arist.Rh.Al. 1429a29, cf. EN 1167b19; cf. παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, E.Ba. 940).

2 reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [Epich.] 256; [θυμοειδὲς] τοῦ λ. κατήκοον Pl.Ti. 70a
; [θυμὸς] ὑπὸ τοῦ λ. ἀνακληθείς Id.R. 440d
; σύμμαχον τῷ λ. τὸν θυμόν ib. b; πειθαρχεῖ τῷ λ. τὸ τοῦ ἐγκρατοῦς Arist. EN 1102b26
; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ. ib.17; ἐναντίωσις λόγου πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας Plot.4.7.13(8)
; οὐ θυμός, οὐκ ἐπιθυμία, οὐδὲ λ. οὐδέ τις νόησις Id.6.9.11
: freq. in Stoic. Philos. of human Reason, opp. φαντασία, Zeno Stoic.1.39; opp. φύσις, Stoic.2.206; οὐ σοφία οὐδὲ λ. ἐστὶν ἐν [τοῖς ζῴοις] ibid.; τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ὡς λ. ἔχων λ. μὴ ἔχουσι χρῶ M.Ant.6.23
; ὁ λ. κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς θεούς Arr.Epict. 1.3.3
; οἷον [εἰκὼν] λ. ὁ ἐν προφορᾷ λόγου τοῦ ἐν ψυχῇ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὴ λ. νοῦ Plot.5.1.3
; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (sc. εὐδαιμονίαν) Procl.in Ti.3.334 D.; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [Epich.] 257; τὸν θεῖον λ. καθ' Ἡράκλειτον δι' ἀναπνοῆς σπάσαντες νοεροὶ γινόμεθα S.E.M.7.129
(cf. infr. x).

b creative reason, ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν Plot.3.2.14
; ἀρχὴ οὖν λ. καὶ πάντα λ. καὶ τὰ γινόμενα κατ' αὐτόν Id.3.2.15
; οἱ λ. πάντες ψυχαί Id.3.2.18
.

V continuous statement, narrative (whether fact or fiction), oration, etc. (cf. λέγω (B) 11.2),

1 fable, Hdt.1.141; Αἰσώπου λόγοι Pl.Phd. 60d
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1393b8; ὁ τοῦ κυνὸς λ. X.Mem. 2.7.13
.

2 legend, ἱρὸς λ. Hdt.2.62
, cf. 47, Pi.P.3.80 (pl.); συνθέντες λ. E.Ba. 297
; λ. θεῖος Pl.Phd. 85d
; ἱεροὶ λ., of Orphic rhapsodies, Suid. S.V. Ὀρφεύς.

3 tale, story, ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. Xenoph. 7.1
, cf. Th.1.97, etc.; συνθέτους λ. A.Pr. 686
; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, E.Ba. 663; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', Pl.Ap. 34e; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, Isoc.3.27: pl., histories, ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. Hdt.1.184
, cf. 106, 2.99; so in sg., a historical work, Id.2.123, 6.19,7.152: also in sg., one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), Id.2.38,6.39, cf. VI.3d; so in pl., ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. Id.2.161
, cf. 1.75,5.22,7.93, 213; ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. Id.5.36
; ὁ πρῶτος λ., of St. Luke's gospel, Act.Ap.1.1: in Pl., opp. μῦθος, as history to legend, Ti. 26e; ποιεῖν μύθους ἀλλ' οὐ λόγους Phd. 61b
, cf. Grg. 523a (but μῦθον λέγειν, opp. λόγῳ ( argument) διεξελθεῖν Prt. 320c
, cf. 324d); περὶ λόγων καὶ μύθων Arist.Pol. 1336a30
; ὁ λ... μῦθός ἐστι Ael.NA4.34
.

4 speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc., χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ Aeschin.3.57
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1358a38; δικανικοὶ λ. Id.EN 1181a4
; τρία γένη τῶν λ. τῶν ῥητορικῶν, συμβουλευτικόν, δικανικόν, ἐπιδεικτικόν Id.Rh. 1358b7
; τῷ γράψαντι τὸν λ. Thphr. Char.17.8
, cf. λογογράφος 11
; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, Pl.Mx. 236b; esp. of the body of a speech, opp. ἐπίλογος, Arist.Rh. 1420b3; opp. προοίμιον, ib. 1415a12; body of a law, opp. proem, Pl.Lg. 723b; spoken, opp. written word, τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι Id.Phdr. 276a
; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, ib. 243c; published speech, D.C.40.54; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy ([etym.] ῥήσεις), Arist.Po. 1450b6,9.

VI verbal expression or utterance (cf. λέγω (B) 111), rarely a single word, v. infr. b, never in Gramm. signf. of vocable ([etym.] ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usu. of a phrase, cf. IX. 3 (the only sense found in [dialect] Ep.).

a pl., without Art., talk, τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις Il.15.393
; αἱμύλιοι λ. Od.1.56
, h.Merc. 317, Hes.Th. 890, Op.78, 789, Thgn.704, A.R.3.1141; ψευδεῖς Λ., personified, Hes.Th. 229; ἀφροδίσιοι λ. Semon.7.91
; ἀγανοῖσι λ. Pi.P. 4.101
; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, Id.N.8.21; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, S.Aj. 1268 (s.v.l.), El. 415; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, Id.OT 681 (lyr.): also in sg., λέγ' εἴ σοι τῷ λ. τις ἡδονή speak if thou delightest in talking, Id.El. 891.

b sg., expression, phrase, πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. Id.Ant. 1245
, cf. E.Hipp. 514; μυρίας ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ Hdt.2.37
; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, Simon.189, Arist.Metaph. 1091a8; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, Plot.4.9.3; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, Pl.Phdr. 241e, Phd. 65d; concisely, Arist. EN 1103b21 (but also, = ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ. Id.GC 325a1): pl., λ. θελκτήριοι magic words, E.Hipp. 478; rarely of single words, λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν Arist.Rh. 1406a36
; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, Ev.Matt.15.23.

c coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc., mostly in a depreciatory sense, λ. ἔργου σκιή Democr. 145
; ὥσπερ μικρὸν παῖδα λόγοις μ' ἀπατᾷς Thgn.254
; λόγῳ, opp. ἔργῳ, Democr.82, etc.; νηπίοισι οὐ λ. ἀλλὰ ξυμφορὴ διδάσκαλος Id.76
; ἔργῳ κοὐ λόγῳ τεκμαίρομαι A.Pr. 338
, cf. S.El.59, OC 782; λόγῳ μὲν λέγουσι.. ἔργῳ δὲ οὐκ ἀποδεικνῦσι Hdt.4.8
; οὐ λόγων, φασίν, ἡ ἀγορὴ δεῖται, χαλκῶν δέ Herod.7.49
; οὔτε λ. οὔτε ἔργῳ Lys.9.14
; λόγοις, opp. ψήφῳ, Aeschin.2.33; opp. νόῳ, Hdt.2.100; οὐ λόγῳ μαθών E.Heracl.5
; ἐκ λόγων, κούφου πράγματος Pl.Lg. 935a
; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα ib. 886e, cf. Luc.Anach.19; ἵνα μὴ λ. οἴησθε εἶναι, ἀλλ' εἰδῆτε τὴν ἀλήθειαν Lycurg.23
, cf. D.30.34; opp. πρᾶγμα, Arist.Top. 146a4; opp. βία, Id.EN 1179b29, cf. 1180a5; opp. ὄντα, Pl.Phd. 100a; opp. γνῶσις, 2 Ep.Cor.11.6; λόγῳ in pretence, Hdt.1.205, Pl.R. 361b, 376d, Ti. 27a, al.; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words, ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο Id.Cri. 46d
; λόγου χάριν, opp. ὡς ἀληθῶς, Arist.Pol. 1280b8; but also, let us say, for instance, Id.EN 1144a33, Plb.10.46.4, Phld. Sign.29, M.Ant.4.32; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, Pl.Tht. 191c; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ., = Lat. verbo tenus, Plb.10.24.7, Epict.Ench.16: sts. without depreciatory force, the antithesis or parallelism being verbal (cf. 'word and deed'), λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει S.OC68
; ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λ. Pl.R. 382e
, cf. D.S.13.101, Ev.Luc.24.19, Act.Ap.7.22, Paus.2.16.2; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opp. τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, Th. 1.22.

2 common talk, report, tradition, ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην Batr. 8
; λ. ἐκ πατέρων Alc.71
; οὐκ ἔστ' ἔτυμος λ. οὗτος Stesich.32
; διξὸς λέγεται λ. Hdt.3.32
; λ. ὑπ' Αἰγυπτίων λεγόμενος Id.2.47
; νέον [λ.] tidings, S.Ant. 1289 (lyr.); τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, Hdt.2.148: also in pl., ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι κείμενοι traditions, Pl.Lg. 886b.

b rumour, ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit. 87
; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, B.14.44; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Th.6.46; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς .. Plb.3.89.3; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι .. Ev.Jo.21.23, cf. Act.Ap.11.22; fiction, Ev.Matt.28.15.

c mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, Hdt.4.28, cf. Plb.1.24.8, etc.; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, Hdt.2.35; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, Th. 2.50; μείζω ἔργα ἢ ὡς τῷ λ. τις ἂν εἴποι D.6.11
.

d the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour (cf. supr. 1.4), πολλὰ φέρειν εἴωθε λ... πταίσματα Thgn.1221
; λ. ἐσλὸν ἀκοῦσαι Pi.I.5(4).13
; πλέονα.. λ. Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν Id.N.7.21
; ἵνα λ. σε ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθός Hdt.7.5
, cf. 9.78; Τροίαν.. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, E.IT 517; οὐκ ἂν ἦν λ. σέθεν Id.Med. 541
: less freq. in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, S. Aj. 138 (anap.), E.Heracl. 165: pl., λόγους ψιθύρους πλάσσων slanders, S.Aj. 148 (anap.).

e λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, c. acc. et inf., ἔστ τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν Simon.58.1
, cf. S.El. 417; λ. μὲν ἔστ' ἀρχαῖος ὡς .. Id.Tr.1; λ. alone, E.Heracl.35; ὡς λ. A.Supp. 230
, Pl. Phlb. 65c, etc.; λ. ἐστί Hdt.7.129
,9.26, al.; λ. αἰὲν ἔχει S.OC 1573
(lyr.); ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, Th.1.10: also with a personal subject in the reverse construction. Κλεισθένης λ. ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι has the credit of.., Hdt.5.66, cf. Pl.Epin. 987b, 988b; λ. ἔχοντα σοφίας Ep.Col.2.23
, v.supr.1.4.

3 discussion, debate, deliberation, πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. Hdt.8.59
; συνελέχθησαν οἱ Μῆδοι ἐς τὠυτὸ καὶ ἐδίδοσαν σφίσι λόγον, λέγοντες περὶ τῶν κατηκόντων Id.1.97
; οἱ Πελασγοὶ ἑωυτοῖσι λόγους ἐδίδοσαν Id.6.138
; πολέμῳ μᾶλλον ἢ λόγοις τὰ ἐγκλήματα διαλύεσθαι Th.1.140
; οἱ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης λ. Aeschin.2.74
; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, Arist.Pol. 1264b39; τὸ μῆκος τῶν λ. D.Chr.7.131
; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, Arist.EN 1097a24; ὁ παρὼν λ. ib. 1104a11; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, Pl.Ap. 26b, cf. Tht. 184a, M.Ant.8.32; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, Pl.Prt. 329c, Grg. 506a, etc.; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, Id.Lg. 893a; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, Ar.Eq. 1300: freq. in pl., ἐς λόγους συνελθόντες parley, Hdt. 1.82; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with, ib.86; ἐς λ. ἀπικέσθαι τινί Id.2.32
; διὰ λόγων ἰέναι E.Tr. 916
; ἐμαυτῇ διὰ λ. ἀφικόμην Id.Med. 872
; ἐς λ. ἄγειν τινά X.HG4.1.2
; κοινωνεῖν λόγων καὶ διανοίας Arist.EN 1170b12
.

b right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ.; S.OC 66; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, Th.3.53; λ. διδόναι X.HG5.2.20
; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον ib.1.7.5; λόγου τυχεῖν D.18.13
, cf. Arist.EN 1095b21, Plb.18.52.1; οἱ λόγου τοὺς δούλους ἀποστεροῦντες Arist.Pol. 1260b5
; δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου Trag.Adesp.304
; διδόντας λ. καὶ δεχομένους ἐν τῷ μέρει Luc.Pisc.8
: hence, time allowed for a speech, ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. And.1.26
,al.; ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λ. Pl.Ap. 34a
; οὐκ ἐλάττω λ. ἀνήλωκε D.18.9
.

c dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate, ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ Pl. Cra. 430d
; πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοὺς λ. ποιεῖσθαι Id.Prt. 348a
: hence, dialogue as a form of literature, οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. Arist.Po. 1447b11
, Rh. 1417a20; cf. διάλογος.

d section, division of a dialogue or treatise (cf. v. 3), ὁ πρῶτος λ. Pl.Prm. 127d
; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ., Id.Phlb. 18e, 19b; ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λ. Arist.PA 682a3
; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. Ph.bk.8), Id.GC 318a4; ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐπαίνου λ. Phld.Rh.1.219
; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy, τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ., τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν Chrysipp.Stoic.2.258
.

e in pl., literature, letters, Pl.Ax. 365b, Epin. 975d, D.H.Comp.1,21 (but, also in pl., treatises, Plu.2.16c); οἱ ἐπὶ λόγοις εὐδοκιμώτατοι Hdn.6.1.4
; Λόγοι, personified, AP9.171 (Pall.).

VII a particular utterance, saying:

1 divine utterance, oracle, Pi.P.4.59; λ. μαντικοί Pl. Phdr. 275b
; οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λ. Pl.Ap. 20e
; ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Apoc.1.2
,9.

2 proverb, maxim, saying, Pi.N.9.6, A.Th. 218; ὧδ' ἔχει λ. ib. 225; τόνδ' ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς .. Critias 21, cf. Pl.R. 330a, Ev.Jo.4.37; ὁ παλαιὸς λ. Pl.Phdr. 240c
, cf. Smp. 195b, Grg. 499c, Lg. 757a, 1 Ep.Ti.1.15, Plu.2.1082e, Luc.Alex.9, etc.; τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο Herod.2.45
, cf. D.Chr.66.24, Luc.JTr.3, Alciphr.3.56, etc.: pl., Arist.EN 1147a21.

3 assertion, opp. oath, S.OC 651; ψιλῷ λ. bare word, opp. μαρτυρία, D.27.54.

4 express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, Hdt.1.141,al.; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ' ᾧ τε .. on the following terms, Id.7.158, cf. 9.26; ἐνδέξασθαι τὸν λ. Id.1.60
, cf. 9.5; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, Id.7.158: freq. in pl., terms, conditions, Id.9.33, etc.

5 word of command, behest, A.Pr.17,40 (both pl.), Pers. 363; ἀνθρώπους πιθανωτέρους ποιεῖν λόγῳ X.Oec.13.9
; ἐξέβαλε τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Ev.Matt.8.16
; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten Commandments, LXX Ex.34.28, Ph.1.496.

VIII thing spoken of, subject-matter (cf. 111.1 b and 2), λ. τοῦτον ἐάσομεν Thgn.1055
; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, Hdt.1.21, cf. 111; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, ib.95, 116; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret, ib. 127; μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λ. τοῦτον εῐπῃς Id.8.65
; τίς ἦν λ.; S.OT 684 ( = πρᾶγμα, 699); περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, Pl.Prt. 314c; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, Arist.Rh. 1415a12, cf. 111.1b; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that.., Aeschin.3.124; οὐκ ἔστεξε τὸν λ. Plb.8.12.5
; οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λ. τούτῳ Act.Ap.8.21
; ἱκανὸς αὐτῷ ὁ λ. Pl.Grg. 512c
; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, Arist.Rh. 1418a35; μηδένα λ. ὑπολιπεῖν Isoc.4.146
; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite, οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. Pl.Phlb. 42e
, cf. Prt. 344a; ἐὰν πρὸς λ. τι ᾖ Id.Phlb. 33c
; also πρὸς λόγου Id.Grg. 459c
(s. v.l.).

2 plot of a narrative or dramatic poem, = μῦθος, Arist.Po. 1455b17, al.

b in Art, subject of a painting, ζωγραφίας λόγοι Philostr.VA 6.10
; λ. τῆς γραφῆς Id.Im.1.25
.

3 thing talked of, event, μετὰ τοὺς λ. τούτους LXX 1 Ma.7.33
, cf. Act.Ap.15.6.

IX expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ., opp. διάνοια, Pl.Sph. 263e; intelligent utterance, opp. φωνή, Arist.Pol. 1253a14; λ. ἐστὶ φωνὴ σημαντικὴ κατὰ συνθήκην Id.Int. 16b26
, cf. Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213; ὅθεν (from the heart) ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται Stoic.2.228
, cf. 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, Hsch. ap. Sch.Pl.R. 600c, Suid.; λόγου πειθοῖ Democr.181
: in pl., eloquence, Isoc.3.3,9.11; τὴν ἐν λόγοις εὐρυθμίαν Epicur.Sent.Pal.5p.69
v. d. M.; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, Ar.Nu. 130 (pl.), cf. Arist.Rh. 1418b1; τοῦ μὴ ᾀδομένου λ. Pl.R. 398d
; ἡδυσμένος λ., of rhythmical language set to music, Arist.Po. 1449b25; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, 1 Ep.Cor.1.5; ἐν λόγοις in orations, Arist.Po. 1459a13; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, Id.SE 182b15, Pol. 1336b14.

2 of various modes of expression, esp. artistic and literary, ἔν τε ᾠδαῖς καὶ μύθοις καὶ λόγοις Pl.Lg. 664a
; ἐν λόγῳ καὶ ἐν ᾠδαῖς X.Cyr.1.4.25
, cf. Pl.Lg. 835b; prose, opp. ποίησις, Id.R. 390a; opp. ψιλομετρία, Arist.Po. 1448a11; opp. ἔμμετρα, ib. 1450b15 (pl.); τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (sc. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον) ὁμοιότατον εἶναι Id.Rh. 1404a31
; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, ib. b33 (but ψιλοὶ λ., = arguments without diagrams, Pl.Tht. 165a); λ. πεζοί, opp. ποιητική, D.H.Comp.6; opp. ποιήματα, ib.15; κοινὰ καὶ ποιημάτων καὶ λόγων Phld.Po.5.7
; πεζὸς λ. ib.27, al.

b of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words, τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν.. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ Pl.R. 398d
; opp. πρᾶξις, Arist.Po. 1454a18; dramatic dialogue, opp. τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, ib. 1449a17.

3 Gramm., phrase, complex term, opp. ὄνομα, Id.SE 165a13; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun- phrase, Id.APo. 93b30, cf. Rh. 1407b27; expression, D.H.Th.2, Demetr.Eloc.92.

b sentence, complete statement, "ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς.. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον Pl.Sph. 262c
; λ. αὐτοτελής A.D.Synt.3.6
, D.T.634.1; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, Pl.Tht. 202b; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed, ib. 201e, cf. Arist.Rh. 1404b26.

c language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.31, S.E.M.9.350, etc.; τὰ μόρια τοῦ λ. D.H.Comp.6
; μέρος λ. D.T.633.26
, A.D.Pron.4.6, al. (but ἓν μέρος <τοῦ cod.> λόγου one word, Id.Synt.340.10, cf. 334.22); περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ., title of work by Chrysippus.

X the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government, ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. LXX Wi.18.15
; ὁ ἐκ νοὸς φωτεινὸς λ. υἱὸς θεοῦ Corp.Herm.1.6
, cf. Plu.2.376c; λ. θεοῦ δι' οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] Ph.1.162; τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας· ἡ δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεοῦ λ. ib.56; λ. θεῖος.. εἰκὼν θεοῦ ib. 561, cf. 501; τὸν τομέα τῶν συμπάντων [θεοῦ] λ. ib. 492; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ. ib. 122: in NT identified with the person of Christ, ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. Ev.Jo.1.1
, cf. 14, 1 Ep.Jo.2.7, Apoc.19.13; ὁ λ. τῆς ζωῆς 1 Ep.Jo.1.1
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λόγος
5 καθίστημι

καθίστημι,

A in causal sense:—[voice] Act., in [tense] pres., [tense] impf., [tense] fut., and [tense] pf. καθέστᾰκα Hyp.Eux.28
, LXXJe.1.10, D.H.Dem.54, D.S.32.11, etc.; once καθέστηκα PHib.1.82i14
(iii B. C.): [tense] plpf. - εστάκει Demetr.
Sceps. ap. Ath.15.697d:—also in [voice] Med., [tense] fut. (Paus.3.5.1), [tense] aor. 1, more rarely [tense] pres. (infr. A. 11.2):— set down, κρητῆρα καθίστα Il.9.202
; νῆα κατάστησον bring it to land, Od.12.185; κ. δίφρους place, station them, before starting for the race, S.El. 710; ποῖ [ δεῖ] καθιστάναι πόδα; E.Ba. 184; κ. τινὰ εἰς τὸ φανερόν X.An.7.7.22
; set up, erect, of stones, Inscr.Cypr.94, 95 H.:—[voice] Med., [ λαῖφος] κατεστήσαντο βοεῦσι steadied it, h.Ap. 407.

2 bring down to a place, τούς μ' ἐκέλευσα Πύλονδε καταστῆσαι Od.13.274
: generally, bring, κ. τινὰ ἐς Νάξον Hdt.1.64
, cf. Th.4.78; esp. bring back, πάλιν αὐτὸν κ. ἐς τὸ τεῖχος σῶν καὶ ὑγιᾶ Id.3.34
; κ. τοὺς Ἕλληνας εἰς Ἰωνίαν πάλιν X.An.1.4.13
; without πάλιν, replace, restore, ἐς φῶς σὸν κ. βίον E.Alc. 362
; ἃς (sc. τὰς κόρας) οὐδ' ὁ Μελάμπους.. καταστήσειεν ἄν cure their squint, Alex.112.5; ἰκτεριῶντας κ. Dsc.4.1; τὸ σῶμα restore the general health, Hp.Mul. 2.133:—[voice] Med., κατεστήσαντο (v.l. for κατεκτήσαντο) εὐδαιμονίαν Isoc. 4.62
:—[voice] Pass., οὐκ ἂν ἀντὶ πόνων Χάρις καθίσταιτο would be returned, Th. 4.86.

3 bring before a ruler or magistrate, Hdt.1.209, PRyl.65.10 (i B. C.), etc.; τινὰ ἐπί τινα PCair.Zen.202.6
(iii B. C.), POxy.281.24 (i A. D.).

II set in order, array, of soldiers, X.An.1.10.10; set as guards, προφυλακάς ib.3.2.1, etc.

2 ordain, appoint, κατέστησε τύραννον εἶναι παῖδα τὸν ἑωυτοῦ Hdt.5.94
, cf. 25: usu. without the inf., κ. τινὰ ὕπαρχον Id.7.105
; ἄλλον [ ἄρχοντα] ἀντὶ αὐτοῦ X.Cyr.3.1.12
, etc.; βασιλέα ἐπί τινας LXX 1 Ki.8.5
, al.; τινὰ ἐς μοναρχίαν E.Supp. 352
; ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς Isoc.12.132
; τινὰ τύραννον Ar.Av. 1672
; κ. ἐγγυητάς Hdt.1.196
, Ar.Ec. 1064; δικαστάς, ἐπιμελητάς, νομοθέτας, Id.Pl. 917, X.Cyr.8.1.9, D.3.10 (sed leg. καθίσατε, cf. καθίζω 1.4
); of games, etc., γυμνικοὺς ἀγῶνας κ. Isoc.4.1: rarely c. inf., οἱ καθιστάντες μουσικῇ.. παιδεύειν Pl.R. 410b
:—so in [voice] Pass., κυβερνᾶν κατασταθείς X. Mem.1.7.3
: [tense] aor. [voice] Med., appoint for oneself, τύραννον καταστησάμενοι παρὰ. σφίσι αὐτοῖσι Hdt.5.92
.á; ἄρχοντας X.An.3.1.39
, etc.

b esp. of laws, constitutions, ceremonies, etc., establish, νόμους, τελετάς, E.Or. 892, Ba.21, etc.; πολιτείαν, δημοκρατίαν, Arist.Ath.7.1, Decr.ib. 29.3; ὀλιγαρχίαν Lys.12.42
; also, set in order, arrange, πολιτείαν Pl. R. 590e
:—also in [voice] Med., τοῦτο βουλευτήριον φρούρημα γῆς καθίσταμαι A.Eu. 706
; τὴν Ἱππίου καθίσταμαι τυραννίδα Ar.V. 502
; καθίστατο τὰ περὶ τὴν Μυτιλήνην ᾗ αὐτῷ ἐδόκει Th.3.35
; πόλεις ἐπὶ τὸ ὠφέλιμον Id.1.76
; [ Εὔβοιαν] ὁμολογίᾳ ib. 114; πρὸς ἐμὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα καταστήσασθαι settle it with me, D.21.90.

3 bring into a certain state, τινὰ ἐς ἀπόνοιαν Th.1.82
; ἐς ἀπορίαν Id.7.75
; εἰς ἀνάγκην Lys.3.3
; εἰς αἰσχύνην Pl.Sph. 230d
; εἰς ἐρημίαν φίλων Id.Phdr. 232d
; εἰς ἀγῶνα Id.Ap. 24c
; τινὰ εἰς ἀσφάλειαν Isoc.5.123
; τίνας εἰς ἀγῶνα καθέστακα; Hyp.Eux. 28, cf. Lycurg.2; κ. τινὰ ἐν ἀγῶνι καὶ κινδύνῳ Antipho 5.61
; τὴν πόλιν ἐν πολέμῳ Pl.Mx. 242a
; τοὺς φίλους ἐν ἀκινδύνῳ X.Cyr.4.5.28
; κ. ἑαυτὸν ἐς κρίσιν present himself for trial, Th.1.131, cf. Lycurg.6; κ. τινὰ εἰς τοὺς ἀρχικούς reckon him as one of.., X.Mem.2.1.9.

4 c. dupl. acc., make, render so and so, ψευδῆ γ' ἐμαυτόν S.Ant. 657
; ἡ ἐπιθυμία κ. τινὰ ἀμνήμονα Antipho 2.1.7
; τὸ πιστὸν ὑμᾶς ἀπιστοτέρους κ. Th.1.68; κ. τι φανερόν, σαφές, Id.2.42, 1.32; τινὸς ἐπίπονον τὸν βίον κ. Isoc.10.17: c. part., κλαίοντα καθιστάναι τινά bring one to tears, E.Andr. 635: rarely c. inf., κ. τινὰ φεύγειν make him fly, Th.2.84, cf. E.Alc. 283, Luc.Charid.8:—[voice] Pass., ἀνάγκη τὴν ναυμαχίαν πεζομαχίαν καθίστασθαι Th.2.89
.

5 [voice] Med., get for oneself, τὴν ζόην καταστήσασθαι ἀπ' ἔργων ἀνοσιωτάτων Hdt.8.105
.

6 make, in periphrases, πάννυχοι.. διάπλοον καθίστασαν A.Pers. 382
:—[voice] Med., κρυφαῖον ἔκπλουν οὐδαμῇ καθίστατο ib. 385.

B intr. in [tense] aor. 2, [tense] pf. καθέστηκα, and [tense] plpf. of [voice] Act. (also [tense] fut. καθεστήξω Th.3.37
, 102), and all tenses of [voice] Med. (exc. [tense] aor. 1 ) and [voice] Pass.: [tense] pf. καθέσταμαι in later Greek, IG22.1006.24 (ii B. C.), LXXNu.3.32, etc.:—to be set, set oneself down, settle, ἐς [ Αἴγιναν] Hdt.3.131, cf. Th.4.75; [ ὀδύναι] καθίσταντο ἐς ὑπογάστριον Hp.Epid.7.97
; of joints, ἐξίσταται ἀνωδύνως καὶ κ. goes out of joint and in again, Id.Art.8; κ. ἐς Ῥήγιον to make R. a base of operations, Th.3.86; simply, to be come to a place, ὅποι καθέσταμεν S.OC23
.

b come before another, stand in his presence, Pi.P.4.135; λέξον καταστάς A.Pers. 295
(unless it be taken in signf. 4), cf. Hdt.1.152; κ. ἐς ὄψιν τινός Id.7.29
; καταστάντες ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἔλεγον Id.3.46
, cf. 156; καταστὰς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος ἔλεγε Th.4.84
.

2 to be set as guard, ὑπό τινος Hdt.7.59
, cf. S.OC 356, X.An.4.5.19, etc.; to be appointed, δεσπότης.. καθέστηκα E.HF 142
; στρατηλάτης νέος καταστάς Id.Supp. 1216
; κ. Χορηγὸς εἰς Θαργήλια, στρατηγός, etc., Antipho 6.11, Isoc.4.35, etc.; οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐπὶ τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37
; δικτάτωρ.. καθε[ στάμενος τὸ τέταρτον], = Lat. dictator designatus quartum, of Caesar, IG12(2).35b7 (Mytil.).

3 deposit a sediment, Hp. Epid.1.2, 7.

4 also, stand or become quiet or calm, of water, ὅταν ἡ λίμνη καταστῇ Ar.Eq. 865
, cf. PHolm.16.3; θάλασσα γαληνὴ καὶ κ. Plb.21.31.10; πνεῦμα λεῖον καὶ καθεστηκός calm and settled, Ar.Ra. 1003; ὁ θόρυβος κατέστη subsided, Hdt.3.80; of laughter, Philostr. VA3.4; of a swelling, Hp.Prog.7; ἕως τὰ πράγματα κατασταίη Lys. 13.25
; also of persons, καταστάς composedly, A.Pers. 295 (but v. supr. 1b); [ ἡ ψυχὴ] καθίσταται καὶ ἠρεμίζεται Arist.Ph. 248a2
; ὁρῶμεν [ τοὺς ἐνθουσιαστικοὺς].. καθισταμένους Id.Pol. 1342a10
; καθεστηκυίας τῆς διανοίας Ocell.4.13
; καθεστῶτι προσώπῳ with composed, calm countenance, Plu.Fab.17; μαίνεσθαι καὶ ἔξω τοῦ καθεστηκότος εἶναι Luc.Philops.5
; τίς ἂν καθεστηκὼς φήσαιε; what person of mature judgement would say.. ? Phld.Po.5.15; ἡ καθεστηκυῖα ἡλικία middle age, Th.2.36; ἡλικία μέση καὶ κ. Pl.Ep. 316c; οἱ καθεστηκότες those of middle age, Hp.Aph.1.13: also, with metaphor from wine, mellow, of persons, Alex.45.8.

5 come into a certain state, become, and in [tense] pf. and [tense] plpf., to have become, be, ἀντὶ φίλου πολέμιόν τινι κ. Hdt. 1.87
; οἱ μὲν ὀφθαλμῶν ἰητροὶ κατεστέασι, οἱ δὲ κεφαλῆς Id.2.84
; ἔμφρων καθίσταται S.Aj. 306
; τῶν ἄνωθεν ὑπόπτων καθεστώτων Epicur. Sent.13
; ἐς μάχην Hdt.3.45
; ἐς πόλεμον ὑμῖν καὶ μάχην κ. E.HF 1168
; ἐς πάλην καθίσταται δορὸς τὸ πρᾶγμα Id.Heracl. 159
; ἐς τὴν ἴησιν Hp.Prorrh.2.12
; ἐς τὸ αὐτό they recover, Id.Coac. 160 (later abs., καταστῆναι καὶ μηδενὸς ἔτι φαρμάκου δεηθῆναι Gal.Vict.Att.1
); ἐς τοὺς κινδύνους Antipho 2.3.1
; ἐς φόβον Hdt.8.12
, Th.2.81; ἐς δέος, λύπην, Id.4.108,7.75; ἐς φυγήν Id.2.81
; ἐς ἔχθραν τινί Isoc.9.67
; εἰς ὁμόνοιαν, εἰς πολλὴν ἀθυμίαν, Lys.18.18, 12.3; καταστῆναι ἐς συνήθειάν τινος τὴν πόλιν ποιεῖν make the city become accustomed to it, Aeschin.1.165;
ἀντιστασιώτης κατεστήκεε
had been, Hdt.1.92
, cf. 9.37; ἐν δείματι μεγάλῳ κατέστασαν Id.7.138
; καταστάντων σφι εὖ τῶν πρηγμάτων ib. 132; τίνι τρόπῳ καθέστατε; in what case are ye? S.OT10; φονέα με φησὶ.. καθεστάναι ib. 703; ἄπαρνος δ' οὐδενὸς καθίστατο Id.Ant. 435
; κρυπτὸς καταστάς E.Andr. 1064
; οἱ ἐν τούτῳ τῆς ἡλικίας καθεστῶτες ἐν ᾧ.. Antipho 2.1.1
; ἐν οἵῳ τρόπῳ [ἡ τῶν Ἀθηναίων ἀρχὴ] κατέστη how it came into being, Th.1.97, cf. 96; ἀρξάμενος εὐθὺς καθισταμένου (sc. τοῦ πολέμου ) from its first commencement, Id.1.1.

6 to be established or instituted, prevail, καί σφι μαντήϊον Διὸς κατέστηκε Hdt.2.29
; ἄγραι.. πολλαὶ κατεστᾶσι ib.70, cf. 1.200; ὅδε σφι νόμος κατεστήκεε ib. 197; βροτοῖσιν ὃς καθέστηκεν νόμος E. Hipp.91
: c. inf., θεὸν Ἀμφιάραον πρώτοις Ὠρωπίοις κατέστη νομίζειν Paus.1.34.2
: [tense] pf. part., existing, established, prevailing, τὸν νῦν κατεστεῶτα κόσμον Hdt 1.65; ἦν κατεστηκὸς οὐδὲν φόρου πέρι Id.3.89
; τοὺς κατεστεῶτας τριηκοσίους the regular 300, Id.7.205; οἱ καθεστῶτες νόμοι S.Ant. 1113
, Ar.Nu. 1400; τὰ καθεστῶτα the present state of life, S.Ant. 1160; also, existing laws, usages, τὰ τότε κ., τά ποτε κ., Pl.Lg. 798b, Isoc.7.56; ἐπὶ τοῖσι κατεστεῶσι ἔνεμε τὴν πόλιν Hdt.1.59
.

7 of purchases, cost, πλέον ἢ ὅσου ἐμοὶ κατέστησαν more than they stood me in, And.2.11, cf. Plu.2.349a.

8 stand against, oppose, πρός τινα dub. l. in Plb.23.18.5:—[voice] Pass., Τιτήνεσσι κατέσταθεν Hes. Th. 674
.

C [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Med. and sts. [tense] pres. [voice] Med. are used in trans. sense, v. supr. A. 11.2sq.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > καθίστημι
6 εἰμί

εἰμί (

A sum), [dialect] Aeol. [full] ἔμμι Sapph.2.15, Theoc.20.32; Cret. [full] ἠμί GDI 4959a; [ per.] 2sg. εἶ, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. εἰς Od.17.388
, al., [dialect] Aeol. ἔσσι, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Dor. ἐσσί Il.1.176
, Pi.O.6.90, Sophr.134; ἐσί GDI4959a
; [ per.] 3sg. ἐστί, [dialect] Dor. ἐντί IG12(1).677
([place name] Rhodes), Theoc.1.17, etc.; [ per.] 3 dual ἐστόν Th.3.112
; [ per.] 1pl. ἐσμέν, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. εἰμέν (also in Pi.P.3.60), ἐμέν Call.Fr. 294
, [dialect] Dor. εἰμές Theoc.15.73
, but ἠμέν GDI5178.34
; [ per.] 3pl. εἰσί ([etym.] - ίν), [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἔασι ([etym.] - ιν) Il.7.73, Xenoph.8.1, Antim.29, Herod.4.84, [dialect] Dor. ἐντί Pi.N.1.24
, Theoc.11.45, IG9(1).32.22 ([place name] Phocis), etc.: imper. ἴσθι ( ἔσθι Hecat.361
J.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also in [voice] Med. form ἔσσο Od.3.200
, Sapph.1.28, Maced.Pae.31, late Prose ἔσο Plu.2.241d
, M.Ant.3.5, Hld.5.12, Porph.Marc.34; [ per.] 3sg. ἔστω ( ἤτω LXXPs.103.31
, and late Inscrr., CIG2664, al.; but in Pl.R. 361c leg. ἴτω), [dialect] Dor. εἴτω, ἤτω, Heraclid. ap. Eust.1411.21, Elean ἤστω Schwyzer 424
; [ per.] 3pl. ἔστωσαν, but ἔστων Hom.
, Pl.R. 502a, ὄντων Id.Lg. 879b
, and early [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG12.22, etc. ( ἔστωσαν first in ii B. C., ib.22.1328), [dialect] Dor. ἐόντων ib.1126: subj. ὦ, ᾖς, ᾖ, [dialect] Ep. ἔω Od.9.18
; [ per.] 3sg. ἔῃ Il.12.300
,al. (also ἔῃσι 2.366
, al., ᾖσι ([etym.] ν) 19.202, Hes.Op. 294), also [dialect] Boeot. ἔνθω IG7.3172.165
, μετείω Il.23.47
and perh. εἴῃ 9.245
, etc.; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ὦντι SIG940.3
([place name] Crete), ἔωντι GDI5040.14
([place name] Hierapytna), [dialect] Boeot. ἴωνθι IG7.3171.46
(iii B. C.): opt. εἴην, -ης ( εἴησθα Thgn.715
), -η, also ἔοις, ἔοι, Il.9.284, 142, al., cf. Hdt.7.6; [ per.] 3pl. εἴοισαν Ἀρχ. Ἐφ. 1911.133
([place name] Gonni); [ per.] 3 dual εἴτην Pl. Prm. 149e
, Sph. 243e; [ per.] 1pl. εἶμεν E.Alc. 921
(lyr.), Pl.; [ per.] 2pl. εἶτε Od. 21.195
; [ per.] 3pl. εἶεν Il.2.372
, etc., εἴησαν Hdt.1.2
, etc.; Elean ἔα, = εἴη, SIG9 (vi B. C.), and σύν-εαν, = συνεῖεν, GDI 1149 (vi B. C.): inf. εἶναι, Arc. ἦναι SIG306.9
(Tegea, iv B. C.); [dialect] Ep. ἔμμεναι (also [dialect] Aeol. ἔμμεν' Sapph.34
), ἔμμεν (also Pi.P.6.42, S.Ant. 623 (lyr.)), ἔμεναι, ἔμεν, also ἔμειν SIG1166
([place name] Dodona); [dialect] Dor. εἶμεν Foed. ap. Th.5.77,79, IG7.1.7 ([place name] Megara), ἦμεν Test.Epict.5.16
, Tab.Heracl.1.75, Cret. ἦμεν or ἤμην Leg.Gort.1.15
, al., GDI4998i 2, al., Megar. εἴμεναι Ar.Ach. 775
, εἴμειν IG12(1).155.100
([place name] Rhodes), 14.952 ([place name] Agrigentum); εἶν ib. 12(9).211.10 ([place name] Eretria), SIG135.4 ([place name] Olynthus), etc.: part. ὤν, [dialect] Ep. ἐών, ἐοῦσα, ἐόν, Cypr. ἰών Inscr.Cypr.135.23
H.; [dialect] Boeot. fem. ἰῶσα IG 7.3172.116
(Orchom.), [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Dor. fem. ἔσσα Sapph.75.4
, IG4.952.2 (Epid.), Theoc.28.16, ἐοῖσα Pi.P.4.265
, ἔασσα Lyr.Alex.Adesp. 9
, Diotog. ap. Stob.4.7.62, εὖσα Erinn.5.5
(also [dialect] Ion., Herod.5.16, εὔντων 2.85
), ἐᾶσα Ti.Locr.96d
, IG5(1).1470.8 ([place name] Messene), ἴαττα Leg.Gort.8.47
; acc. sg. εὖντα Theoc.2.3
; nom. sg. εἴς in Heraclid. ap. Eust.1756.13, pl. ἔντες Tab.Heracl.1.117
; dat. pl. ἔντασσι ib.104; gen. pl. παρ-έντων Alcm. 64
: [tense] impf. ἦν Il.2.77
, etc., [dialect] Ep. ἔον (also [dialect] Aeol., Alc.127, Sapph.Oxy. 1787 Fr.3 ii 21), in [dialect] Att. ἦ (dub. in [dialect] Aeol., Alc. Supp.14.9), Ar.Pl.77, Pl.Phd. 61b, etc., but usu. altered to ἦν in codd. (and ἦν is required by metre in E. Ion 280), [var] contr. from [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἦα (Il.5.808, al., IG12(8).449.2 ([place name] Thasos), whence Hom.and later [dialect] Ion. ἔᾱ Il.4.321
, al., ἔας Hdt.1.187
, ἔατε Id.4.119
); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. ἦεν, always with ν in Hom.; ἔην as [ per.] 1sg., only Il.11.762 (s. v.l., al. ἔον), freq. as [ per.] 3sg. (generally before a consonant, so that ἔεν is possible), sts. also ἤην; [ per.] 2sg. ἦσθα, later ἦς (wh. is v.l. in Pi.I.1.26), sts. in LXX (Jd. 11.35, Ru.3.2,al.), cf. Pl.Ax. 365e, Erinn.4.4, Ev.Matt.25.21, al., ἦσθας Men.Epit. 156
, [dialect] Ep. ἔησθα; [ per.] 3sg. ἦν, [dialect] Ep. ἔην, ἤην, ἦεν (v. supr.), [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. ἦς Alc.Supp.30.1
, Epich.102, Sophr.59, Theoc.2.90, SIG241.145 (Delph.); [ per.] 3 dual ἤστην Il.5.10
, E.Hipp. 387, Ar.Eq. 982, Pl.Euthd. 272a, al.; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 1pl. ἦμες Plu.Lyc.21
; [ per.] 2pl. ἦτε Pl.Euthd. 276c
, ἦστε Ar. Pax 821
, Ec. 1086; [ per.] 3pl. ἦσαν, [dialect] Ion. and Poet. ἔσαν (in Hes.Th. 321, 825, ἦν is not pl. for ἦσαν, but is rather a peculiarity of syntax, v. infr. v, but is [ per.] 3pl. in Epich.46, al., SIG560.15 (Epidamnus, iii B. C.)); [dialect] Aeol. ἔον Schwyzer 644.12
; later ἤμην PSI4.362.21
(iii B. C.), SIG527.46 (Crete, iii B. C.), IGRom.4.1740 ([place name] Cyme), always in LXX as Ba.1.19, cf. Ev.Matt.23.30, Plu.2.174a, etc., and sts. in codd. of earlier writers, Lys.7.34, Trag.Adesp. 124 (cited from E. Hel. 931 by Choerob. and from Id.Tr. 474 by Aps.), X.Cyr.6.1.9, Hyp.Ath.26, [ per.] 2sg. ἦσο Epigr.Gr.379
([place name] Aezani), [ per.] 3sg. ἦστο Supp.Epigr. 1.455.7
([place name] Phrygia), [ per.] 1pl. ἤμεθα PPetr.2p.11
(iii B. C.), LXX Ba.1.19, 1 Ki.25.16, Ep.Eph.2.3; subj. ὦμαι PBaden 48.12
(ii B. C.), ἦται GDI 1696, ἦνται prob. in IG5(1).1390.83 ([place name] Andania); [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. also ἔσκον, used by A.Pers. 656 (lyr.): [tense] fut. ἔσομαι, ἔσται, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Aeol. also ἔσσομαι, ἔσεται, ἔσσεται; [dialect] Aeol. [ per.] 2sg. ἔσσῃ prob. in Alc.67,87; [dialect] Dor. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. ἐσσῇ, ἐσσεῖται, Il.2.393, 13.317, Theoc.10.5, [ per.] 3pl. ἐσσοῦνται Foed. ap. Th.5.77 codd. (but ἔσσονται Tab.Heracl.1.113
), inf. ἐσσεῖσθαι Sophr.57
.—All forms of the [tense] pres.ind. are enclitic (exc. [ per.] 2sg. εἶ and [ per.] 3pl. ἔασι); but [ per.] 3sg. is written ἔστι when it begins a sentence or verse, or when it immediately follows οὐκ, καί, εἰ, ὡς, ἀλλά, or τοῦτ', Hdn.Gr.1.553 (also μή acc. to EM301.3); later Gramm. wrote ἔστι as Subst. Verb, Phot., Eust.880.22.

A as the Subst. Verb,

I of persons, exist, οὐκ ἔσθ' οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ' ἔσσεται Od.16.437
; ἔτ' εἰσί they are still in being, 15.433, cf. S.Ph. 445, etc.; τεθνηῶτος.. μηδ' ἔτ' ἐόντος Od.1.289
; οὐκέτ' ἐστί he is no more, E.Hipp. 1162; οὐδὲ δὴν ἦν he was not long- lived, Il.6.131; ὁ οὐκ ὤν, οἱ οὐκ ὄντες, of those who are no more, Th.2.45,44; οἱ ὄντες the living, Plb.9.29.2; ὁ ὤν the Eternal, LXX Ex.3.14, al., Ph.1.289; θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες Il.1.290
; ἐσσόμενοι posterity, 2.119; κἀγὼ γὰρ ἦ ποτ', ἀλλὰ νῦν οὐκ εἴμ' ἔτι E.Hec. 284
; ὡς ἂν εἶεν ἅνθρωποι might continue in being, Pl.Smp. 190c; ζώντων καὶ ὄντων Ἀθηναίων D.18.72
, cf. Arist.GC 318b25; of things, εἰ ἔστι ἀληθέως [ἡ τράπεζα] Hdt.3.17, etc.; of cities, ὄλωλεν, οὐδ' ἔτ' ἐστὶ Τροία E.Tr. 1292
, cf. Heracl. 491; δοκεῖ μοι Καρχηδόνα μὴ εἶναι censeo Carthaginem esse delendam, Plu.Cat.Ma.27; ἂν ᾖ τὸ στράτευμα be in existence, D.8.17; of money, to be in hand, τῶν ὄντων χρημάτων καὶ τῶν προσιόντων IG12.91.25
; τὰ ὄντα property, Pl.Grg. 511a, Plu.Ant.24, etc.; τὸ ἐσόμενον ἐκ .. future revenue from.., BCH46.420 (Olymos, i B. C.); of place, τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν the local church, Act.Ap.13.1; of time, τοῦ ὄντος μηνός in the current month, BGU146.4, etc.; in office, ἱερέων τῶν ὄντων PPar.5.4
(ii B. C.); αἱ οὖσαι [ἐξουσίαι] the powers that be, Ep. Rom.13.1.

II of the real world, be, opp. become, γίγνεται πάντα ἃ δή φαμεν εἶναι Pl.Tht. 152d
, etc.; τὸ ὄν Being, Parm.8.35, Protag.2, Pl.Ti. 27d, etc.; opp. τὸ μὴ ὄν, Gorg.Fr.3 D., etc.; οὐδὲν γίνεται ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος Epicur.Ep. 1p.5U.
; ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ἐποίησεν αὐτὰ ὁ θεός LXX 2 Ma.7.28
; τὰ ὄντα the world of things, Heraclit.7, Emp.129.5, etc.; ὄνindecl., τῶν ὂν εἰδῶν species of Being, Plot.6.2.10.

2 of circumstances, events, etc., to happen, τά τ' ἐόντα, τά τ' ἐσσόμενα, πρό τ' ἐόντα Il.1.70
; ἡ ἐσβολὴ ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι Th.2.13
, etc.; τῆς προδοσίας οὔσης since treachery was there, Id.4.103; ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ᾖ so long as it last, Id.1.58; αἱ σπονδαὶ ἐνιαυτὸν ἔσονται Id.4.118
; τί ἐστιν; what is it? what's the matter? Ar.Th. 193; τί οὖν ἦν τοῦτο; how came it to pass? Pl.Phd. 58a: repeated with a relat. to avoid a positive assertion, ἔστι δ' ὅπῃ νῦν ἔ. things are as they are, i.e. are ill, A.Ag.67.

III be the fact or the case, διπλασίαν ἂν τὴν δύναμιν εἰκάζεσθαι ἤ ἐστιν twice as large as it really is, Th.1.10; αὐτὸ ὅ ἐστι καλόν beauty in its essence, Pl.Smp. 211c, cf. Phd. 74b; freq. in part., τὸν ἐόντα λόγον λέγειν or φαίνειν the true story, Hdt.1.95, 116; τῷ ἐόντι χρήσασθαι tell the truth, ib. 30; τὰ ὄντα ἀπαγγέλλειν Th.7.8
; σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν, λόγον οὐκ ὄντα, S.El. 584, Ar.Ra. 1052; τῷ ὄντι in reality, in fact, Pl.Prt. 328d, etc.; to apply a quotation to a case in point, τῷ ὄντι κλαυσίγελως real 'smiles through tears' (with allusion to Il.6.484), X.HG7.2.9, cf. Pl. La. 196d; κατὰ τὸ ἐόν according to the fact, rightly, Hdt.1.97; πᾶν τὸ ἐόν the whole truth, Id.9.11; τοῦ ἐόντος ἀποτεύξεται Hp.VM 2
.

IV folld. by the relat., οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς or ὅστις no one, οὐκ ἔσθ' ὃς.. ἀπαλάλκοι Il.22.348
; οὐκ ἔ. οὐδεὶς ὅς E.El. 903
; οὐκ ἔ. ὅτῳ, = οὐδενί, A.Pr. 293 (anap.), cf. 989: freq. in pl., εἰσὶν οἵ, = Lat. sunt qui, used exactly like ἔνιοι, Th.6.88, 7.44, Pl.Men. 77d, Grg. 503a, etc. ( εἰσί τινες οἵ .. Th.3.24); ἐστὶν ἃ χωρία, πολίσματα, Id.1.12,65; ἐστὶν ἃ εἰπεῖν Id.2.67
; ἦσαν οἵ X.An.5.2.14
; the sg. Verb is used even with masc. and fem. pl., ἐστὶν οἵ, αἵ, Hp.Fract.1, VC4, X.Cyr.2.3.16; more freq. in oblique cases, ποταμῶν ἐστὶ ὧν Hdt.7.187
; ἐστὶν ἀφ' ὧν Th.8.65
; ἐστὶ παρ' οἷς, ἐστὶν ἐν οἷς, Id.1.23, 5.25: in questions ὅστις is used, ἔστιν ἥντινα δόξαν.. ἀπεκρίνατο; Pl.Men. 85b: with relat. Particles, ἐστὶν ἔνθα, = Lat. est ubi, X.Cyr.7.4.15, etc.; ἐ. ὅπῃ, ἔσθ' ὅπου, somehow, somewhere, Pl.Prt. 331d, A.Eu. 517, S.OT 448, etc.; in questions expecting a neg. answer, ἐ. ὁπόθεν, ὅπως; Pl.Phlb. 35a, R. 493e, etc.; οὐ γάρ ἐσθ' ὅπως Pi.Fr.61
, cf. Hdt.7.102, A.Ag. 620; οὐκ ἔ. ὅπως οὐ in any case, necessarily, Ar. Pax 188; οὐκ ἔ. ὡς Pl. Men. 76e
, etc.; ἐ. ὅτε, ἔσθ' ὅτε, sometimes, Pi.Fr.180.2, S.Aj.56, Th. 7.21, etc.

V ἦν is sts. used with pl. masc. and fem., usu. at the beginning of a sentence, there was, τῆς δ' ἦν τρεῖς κεφαλαί Hes.Th. 321
; (but in ἦν δ' ἐρῳδιοί τε πολλοί Epich.46
, cf. 59, al., it may be taken as [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl.); ἦν δ' ἀμφίπλεκτοι κλίμακες S.Tr. 520
(lyr.); ἦν ἄρα κἀκεῖνοι ταλακάρδιοι Epigr. ap. Aeschin.3.184; less freq. ἔστι, ἔστι δὲ μεταξὺ.. ἑπτὰ στάδιοι Hdt.1.26
, cf. 7.34; ἔστι.. ἄρχοντές τε καὶ δῆμος Pl.R. 463a
; before dual Nouns, Ar.V.58, Pl.Grg. 500d.

VI ἔστι impers., c. inf., it is possible, ἔστι γὰρ ἀμφοτέροισιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι Il.20.246
; ἔστι μὲν εὕδειν, ἔστι δὲ τερπομένοισιν ἀκούειν Od. 15.392
; εἴ τί πού ἐστι (sc. πιθέσθαι) 4.193; τοιάδε.. ἐστὶν ἀκοῦσαι A. Pr. 1055
(anap.); ἔστι τεκμήρια ὁρᾶν X.An.3.2.13
, cf. Ar.Ra. 1163, Aeschin.3.105, D.18.272, Arist.Ath.53.6, etc.; so in imper., opt., and subj., ἔστω ἀποφέρεσθαι τῷ βουλομένῳ IG12.10.7
; μυρία ἂν εἴη λέγειν Pl.Plt. 271e
; ὅπως ἂν ᾖ δρᾶν IG2.1054.91
: more freq. in neg. clauses, Il.6.267, etc.; folld. by ὥστε c. inf., S.Ph. 656: c. acc. et inf., ἁδόντα δ' εἴη με τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁμιλεῖν Pi.P.2.96
; ἔστιν ἐκπεσεῖν ἀρχῆς Δία A.Pr. 757
: sts. not impers. in this sense, θάλασσα δ' οὐκέτ' ἦν ἰδεῖν Id.Pers. 419
.

b ἔστω in argument, let it be granted, ἔστω τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἶναι D.H.Comp.25
; ἔστω σοι τοῦθ' οὕτως Plu.2.987b
; ἔστω εἶναί τινα τοιοῦτον D.
Chr.74.24.

B most freq., to be, the Copula connecting the predicate with the Subject, both being in the same case: hence, signify, import, τὸ γὰρ εἴρειν λέγειν ἐστίν Pl.Cra. 398d
; esp. in the phrase τοῦτ' ἔστι, hoc est; Σκαιόλαν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ Λαϊόν Plu.Publ.17
: with numerals, τὰ δὶς πέντε δέκα ἐστίν twice five are ten, X.Mem.4.4.7; εἶναί τις or τι, to be somebody, something, be of some consequence, v. τις; οὐδὲν εἶναι Pl.R. 562d, etc.

2 periphr. with the Participle to represent the finite Verb: with [tense] pf. part. once in Hom., τετληότες εἰμέν, for τετλήκαμεν, Il.5.873; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., ἦν τεθνηκώς, for ἐτεθνήκει, A. Ag. 869; ἔσται δεδορκώς ib. 1179; εἰμὶ γεγώς S.Aj. 1299
; πεφυκός ἐστι Ar.Av. 1473
; δεδρακότες εἰσίν Th.3.68
; κατακεκονότες ἔσεσθε X.An.7.6.36
: with [tense] aor. part., once in Hom., βλήμενος ἦν Il.4.211
; so προδείσας εἰμί, οὐ σιωπήσας ἔσει; S.OT90, 1146, cf. A.Supp. 460: with [tense] pres. part., ἦν προκείμενον Id.Pers. 371
; φεύγων Ὀρέστης ἐστίν Id.Ch. 136
; εἴην οὐκ ἂν εὖ φρονῶν S.Aj. 1330
; τί δ' ἐστί.. φέρον; Id.OT 991, cf. 274, 708; λέγων ἐστίν τις E.Hec. 1179
; ἦν τίς σ' ὑβρίζων Id.HF 313
; πόρρω ἤδη εἶ πορευόμενος Pl.Ly. 204b
; βαδίζων εἰμί Ar.Ra. 36
; freq. in Hdt., ἦσαν ἱέντες 1.57
, al.; even εἰσὶ διάφοροι ἐόντες 3.49
(s.v.l.):— if the Art. is joined with the Part., the noun is made emphatic, Κᾶρές εἰσι οἱ καταδέξαντες the persons who showed her were Carians, Id.1.171; αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ μαρτυρῶν A.Eu. 798
; δόλος ἦν ὁ φράσας S.El. 197
(anap.).

C εἶναι is freq. modified in sense by the addition of Advbs., or the cases of Nouns without or with Preps.:

I εἶναι with Advbs., where the Adv. often merely represents a Noun and stands as the predicate, ἅλις δέ οἱ ἦσαν ἄρουραι Il.14.122
, etc.; ἀκέων, ἀκήν εἶναι, to be silent, 4.22, Od.2.82; σῖγα πᾶς ἔστω λεώς E.Hec. 532
; διαγνῶναι χαλεπῶς ἦν ἄνδρα ἕκαστον Il.7.424
; ἀσφαλέως ἡ κομιδὴ ἔσται will go on safely, Hdt.4.134; ἐγγύς, πόρρω εἶναι, Th.6.88, Pl.Prt. 356e: freq. impers. with words implying good or ill fortune, Κουρήτεσσι κακῶς ἦν it fared ill with them, Il.9.551; εὖ γὰρ ἔσται E.Med.89
, cf. Ar.Pl. 1188, etc.; ἡδέως ἂν αὐτοῖς εἴη D.59.30
.

II c. gen., to express descent or extraction, πατρὸς δ' εἴμ' ἀγαθοῖο Il.21.109
; αἵματός εἰς ἀγαθοῖο Od. 4.611
, cf. Hdt.3.71, Th.2.71, etc.; πόλεως μεγίστης εἶ X.An.7.3.19
.

b to express the material of which a thing is made, ἡ κρηπίς ἐστι λίθων μεγάλων consists of.., Hdt.1.93; τῆς πόλιος ἐούσης δύο φαρσέων ib. 186; τοιούτων ἔργων ἐστὶ ἡ τυραννίς is made up of.., Id.5.92.ή, etc.

c to express the class to which a person or thing belongs, εἶ γὰρ τῶν φίλων you are one of them, Ar.Pl. 345; ἐτύγχανε βουλῆς ὤν Th.3.70
; ὅσοι ἦσαν τῶν προτέρων στρατιωτῶν Id.7.44
; Κριτίας τῶν τριάκοντα ὤν X.Mem.1.2.31
; ἔστι τῶν αἰσχρῶν it is in the class of disgraceful things, i. e. it is disgraceful, D.2.2.

d to express that a thing belongs to another, Τροίαν Ἀχαιῶν οὖσαν A.Ag. 269
; τὸ πεδίον ἦν μέν κοτε Χορασμίων Hdt.3.117
, etc.: hence, to be of the party of, ἦσαν.. τινὲς μὲν φιλίππου, τινὲς δὲ τοῦ βελτίστου D.9.56
, cf. 37.53; to be de pendent upon, S.Ant. 737, etc.; to be at the mercy of, ἔστι τοῦ λέγοντος, ἢν φόβους λέγῃ Id.OT 917
.

e to express one's duty, business, custom, nature, and the like , οὔτοι γυναικός ἐστι 'tis not a woman's part, A.Ag. 940; τὸ ἐπιτιμᾶν παντὸς εἶναι D.1.16
; τὸ δὲ ναυτικὸν τέχνης ἐστίν is matter of art, requires art, Th.1.142, cf.83.

f in LXX, to be occupied about, ἦσαν τοῦ θύειν 2 Ch.30.17
; ἔσεσθαι, c. gen., to be about to, ἐσόμεθα τοῦ σῶσαί σε 2 Ki.10.11
.

III with the dat., ἐστί μοι I have, freq. in Hom., etc.

2 with two dats., σφίσι τε καὶ Ἀθηναίοισι εἶναι οὐδὲν πρῆγμα that they and the Athenians have nothing to do one with another, Hdt.5.84; μηδὲν εἶναι σοὶ καὶ φιλίππῳ πρᾶγμα D.18.283
; more shortly, σοί τε καὶ τούτοισι πρήγμασι τί ἐστι; Hdt.5.33; τί τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τῇ βασάνῳ; D.29.36; τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί; Lat. quid tecum est mihi? Ev.Marc.5.7, etc.; also ἐμοὶ οὐδὲν πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους (sc. ἐστίν) Isoc.4.12; ἐν οἷς πρὸς τοὺς ἐναντίους ἐστὶ τῷ δήμῳ D.18.278
; ἔσται αὐτῳ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, in tomb inscriptions, JHS18.113, etc.

3 with ἄσμενος, βουλόμενος, etc., added, ἐμοὶ δέ κεν ἀσμένῳ εἴη 'twould be to my delight, Il.14.108; οὐκ ἂν σφίσι βουλομένοις εἶναι Th.7.35
; προσδεχομένῳ Id.6.46
; θέλοντι S.OT 1356
(lyr.); ἡδομένοις Pl.La. 187c
.

IV with Preps., εἶναι ἀπό τινος, = εἶναί τινος (supr. 11.a), X.Mem.1.6.9; εἰσὶν ἀπ' ἐναντίων αὗται πραγμάτων Pl.Phlb. 12d
; but εἶναι ἀπ' οἴκου to be away from.., Th.1.99.

2 εἶναι ἔκ τινος to be sprung from, εἴμ' ἐκ Παιονίης, Μυρμιδόνων ἔξ εἰμι, Il.21.154, 24.397, etc.; ἔστιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης it is of necessity, i. e. necessary, Pl.Sph. 256d.

3 εἶναι ἐν .. to be in a certain state, ἐν εὐπαθείῃσι Hdt.1.22
; ἐν ἀθυμία, etc., Th.6.46, etc.; ἐν ταραχαῖς D.18.218
; εἶναι ἐν ἀξιώματι to be in esteem, Th.1.130; οἱ ἐν τέλεϊ ἐόντες those in office, Hdt.3.18, etc.; but εἶναι ἐν τέχνῃ, ἐν φιλοσοφία to be engaged in.., S.OT 562, Pl.Phd. 59a.

b ἐν σοί ἐστι it depends on thee, Hdt.6.109, S.Ph. 963; ἐν σοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν Id.OT 314
; so also ἐπί τινι Id.Ph. 1003
, X.Cyr.1.6.2, etc.

4 εἶναι διά .., much like εἶναι ἐν .., εἶναι διὰ φόβου, = φοβεῖσθαι, Th.6.34; εἶναι δι' ὄχλου, = ὀχληρὸν εἶναι, Id.1.73; εἶναι διὰ μόχθων X.Cyr.1.6.25
; εἶναι δι' αἰτίας, = αἰτιᾶσθαι, D.H.1.70; Geom., pass through, διὰ τᾶς ἑτέρας διαμέτρου ἐόντος τοῦ ἐπιπέδου Archim.Con.Sph.20
.

5 εἶναι ἐφ' ἑαυτῆς to be by oneself, D.25.23; εἶναι ἐπὶ ὀνόματος to bear a name, Id.39.21; εἶναι ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν to be engaged in.., Id.2.12; εἶναι ἐπί τινα to be against him, Id.6.33; εἶναι ἐφ' ἑξήκοντα στάδια to reach sixty stadia, X.An.4.6.11; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὰς ἁφάς pass through the points of contact, Apollon. Perg.Con.4.1; εἶναι ἐπί τινι, v. supr. 3 b.

6 εἶναι πρός τινος to be in one's favour, Th.4.10,29, etc.; to suit, X.An. 1.2.11, etc.; εἶναι πρός τινι engaged in, Pl.Phd. 84c, Philostr.VA5.31; πρὸς τοῖς ἰδίοις mind one's own affairs, Arist.Pol. 1309a6, Ath.16.3; εἶναι πρὸς τὸ κωλύειν Plb.1.26.3
; πρὸς τὸ πονεῖν Telesp.46 H.; εἶναι περί τι X.An.3.5.7
, etc.

7 εἶναι παρά τινι or τινα, = παρειναι, Id.Cyr.6.2.15, Hdt.8.140.ά (s.v.l.).

8 εἶναι ὑπό τινα or τινι to be subject to.., X.HG5.2.17 (s.v.l.), 6.2.4.

9 περὶ τούτων ἐστίν that is the question, Men.Epit.30.

10 εἶναι ἀπό .., in Geom., to be constructed upon, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.9, Con.Sph.7.

D ἐστί is very freq. omitted, mostly in the [tense] pres. ind. before certain predicates, as ἀνάγκη, ἄξιον, δυνατόν, εἰκός, ἕτοιμον, οἷόν τε, ῥᾴδιον, χρεών, etc., and after the neut. of Verbals in - τέος, and such forms as θαυμαστὸν ὅσον: less freq. with other persons and moods, εἰμί omitted, S.OT92, Aj. 813; εἶ, Od.4.206; ἐσμέν, S.Ant. 634; ἐστέ, Od.10.463; εἰσί, S.OT 499 (lyr.), IG2.778 B; subj. ᾖ, Il.14.376, E.Hipp. 659, Antipho 5.32; opt. εἴη, IG22.1183.12; [tense] impf. ἦν, ib.2.778 B; [tense] fut. ἔσονται, Od.14.394.

E the Inf. freq. seems redundant,

1 in phrases implying power or will to do a thing, ἑκὼν εἶναι (v. ἑκών) κατὰ δύναμιν εἶναι Is.2.32
; εἰς δύναμιν εἶναι Pl.Plt. 300c
; τὸ ἐπ' ἐκείνοις εἶναι, quantum in illis esset, Th.8.48, X.HG3.5.9, cf. Lys.13.58; τὸ ἐπὶ σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι X.An.1.6.9
; κατὰ τοῦτο εἶναι Pl.Prt. 317a
; τὸ τήμερον, τὸ νῦν εἶναι, Id.Cra. 396e, La. 201c, Theopomp. Com.98, Decr. ap. Arist.Ath.31.2, etc.

2 after Verbs of naming or choosing, σοφιστὴν ὀνομάζουσι τὸν ἄνδρα εἶναι Pl.Prt. 311e
; σύμμαχόν μιν εἵλοντο εἶναι Hdt.8.134
; of giving, δῶκε ξεινήϊον εἶναι Il. 11.20
.

F [tense] impf. ἦνissts. used where other languages take the [tense] pres.,

1 after ἄρα, to express a fact which is and has always been the same, δέρμα δὲ ἀνθρώπου.. ἦν ἄρα σχεδὸν δερμάτων πάντων λαμπρότατον human skin then it appears is.., Hdt.4.64; Κύπρις οὐκ ἄρ' ἦν θεός E. Hipp. 359
; ὡς ἄρ' ἦσθ' ἐμὸς πατὴρ ὀρθῶς ib. 1169; ἦ πολύμοχθον ἄρ' ἦν γένος.. ἁμερίων Id.IA 1330
; ἦ στωμύλος ἦσθα Theoc.5.79
; so also when there is reference to a past thought, τουτὶ τί ἦν; what is this? Ar.Ach. 157, cf. Pl.Cra. 387c: so in the Aristotelian formula τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι (APo.82b38, al.), used to express the essential nature of a thing, where τί ἦν (for ἐστί) takes the place of the dat. in such phrases as τὸ ἀγαθῷ εἶναι, τὸ μεγέθει εἶναι, APr.67b12, de An.429b10.

G ἐγώ εἰμι, in LXX, pleonastic for ἐγώ, ἐγώ εἰμι οὐχ ἥμαρτον Jd. 11.27
, cf. 6.18; also ἔσται πᾶς ἀποκτενεῖ με Ge.4.14
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἰμί
7 τίθημι

τίθημι [pron. full] [τῐ], [ per.] 2sg.

A τιθεῖς Pi.P.8.11
, S.Ph. 992 cod. B ( τιθείς LA rec.), E.Cyc. 545 codd. Lp (- θείς P,
τίθης
l), Alc.
890
codd. pler., corrupted to τιθείς Pl.R. 376e
Stob., Arr.Epict.3.22.76, Pl.Euthd. 301e ([etym.] ἐπι-), Lib. Or.46.28 ([etym.] προς-) ; ἐν-τιθεῖς (v.l. -εὶς) Ar.Eq. 717; περι-τιθεῖς BGU 1141.19
(i B.C.); but τίθης is found in Pl.R.l.c. codd. AD, Ar. l.c. cod. A, Lib.Or.27.11 ([etym.] προς-), etc., and is taught by Choerob. in Theod. 2.328 H.; [dialect] Ep. τίθησθα Od.9.404
, 24.476, and so in [dialect] Aeol., Alc.Supp.4.27 ( τίθεισθα Hsch.
); [ per.] 3sg. τίθησι Il.4.83
, al., and [dialect] Att.; [dialect] Dor. τίθητι SIG 331.13
(Megara, iv B.C.), Theoc.3.48; [ per.] 3pl. τιθέασι Th.5.96
, Alex.128; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. τιθεῖσι Il.16.262
, Hes.Th. 597, Hdt.2.91 (also A.Ag. 466 (lyr.)); [dialect] Aeol. τίθεισι ([etym.] προ-) Schwyzer 631 A 2 (ii B.C.); [dialect] Dor. τίθεντι IG12(3).103.10
([place name] Nisvrus); [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg. τιθεῖ Il.13.732
, Mimn.1.6, Hdt. 1.113, also Arc., SIG559.16 (Megalop., iii B.C. ) ( τιθῶ Luc.Ocyp.43
,81, διατιθῶ cited by A.D.Synt.290.6): [tense] impf. ἐτίθην Pl.Grg. 500b
; ἐτίθεις Id.R. 528d
, Ar.Nu.59 ([etym.] ἐν-), etc.; ἐτίθει Il.18.541
, al., Ar.Ach. 532, Nu. 63 ([etym.] προς-), etc., [dialect] Ep. τίθει Il.1.441
, al.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. τίθεσαν Od.22.456
; τίθεν Pi.P.3.65
; πρό-τιθεν Od.1.112
(Aristarch.); late ἐτίθουν Act.Ap.4.35
; [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. τίθεσκον Hes Fr.112; ἐτίθεα ([etym.] ὑπερ-) Hdt.3.155: imper. τίθει Il.1.509
, etc.; inf. τιθέναι, not in Hom. or Hes.; [dialect] Ep. τιθήμεναι Il.23.83
; τιθέμεν Hes.Op. 744
, Pi.P.1.40; τιθεῖν Thgn.286
, IG12(9).189.5 ([place name] Eretria); written τιθῖν Byzantion 8.50
(Phrygia, iv A.D.); part. τιθείς, but [dialect] Ion. pl. τιθεῦντες v.l. in Hdt.2.91: [tense] fut. θήσω, [dialect] Ep. inf. θησέμεναι Il.12.35
, θησέμεν Pi.P.10.58
: [tense] aor.1 ἔθηκα, only used in indic., and mostly in sg., for though [ per.] 3pl. is common, the 1 and [ per.] 2pl. are rare, X.Mem.4.2.15, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hyp.Eux.9; even ἔθηκαν is very rare in early Attic, ἀνέθηκαν IG2.1620d
, 22.2971 (both iv B.C.), but is found in Plb.8.4.4, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. θῆκαν Il.24.795
, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔθην, not used in indic. sg., whereas pl. is very common, ἔθεμεν, ἔθετε, ἔθεσαν, [dialect] Ep. θέσαν 12.29
, etc.; imper. θές Ar.Lys. 185
, etc.; [dialect] Lacon. [ per.] 3sg. σέτω ib. 1081; subj. θῶ, [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Ion. θέω Sapph.12
, ([etym.] προς-) Hdt.1.108, [dialect] Ep. θείω Il.16.83
, al. (for Θή-ω); [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. θήῃς, θήῃ, 6.432, 16.96, Od.10.301, 341 (sts. with the opt. forms θείης, θείη as v.l.); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl. θέωμεν (disyll.) 24.485, θείομεν (for Θήο-μεν, short-vowel subjunctive) Il.23.244, Od.13.364; opt. θείην, [ per.] 1pl. θεῖμεν 12.347
, Pl.Prt. 343e ( θείημεν codd. BT), προς-θεῖμεν Id.R. 370d
, and κατα-θεῖτε D.14.27
; [ per.] 3pl. θεῖεν S.OC 865
; inf. θεῖναι, [dialect] Ep.
θέμεναι Il.2.285
, θέμεν Od.21.3
, Hes.Op.61,67; [dialect] Dor. θέμειν IG 12(1).677.13
(Rhodes, iv B.C.); part. θείς Il.23.254
, etc.: [tense] pf. τέθηκα [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG22.2490.7 (iv B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) ib.839.38, 1299.44, 1534.76, also at Delos, ib.11(2).161 A6 (iii B.C.), etc., and in Papyri, POxy. 1087.42 (i B.C.); τέθεικα PCair.Zen. 324
(iii B.C.), ([etym.] ὑπο-) PPetr.3p.53 (iii B.C.), ([etym.] ἐκ-) UPZ62.4 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) IG22.1011.71,80 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] προς-) Str.1.2.23; hence some editors restore τέθηκα for τέθεικα in Attic authors, as X.Mem.4.4.19, D.20.55, 22.16, 27.36, Alex.15.13; Phocian [ per.] 3pl. ἀνα-τεθέκαντι BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):—[voice] Med. τίθεμαι, [ per.] 2sg. τίθεσαι Pl.Tht. 202c
; τίθη or τίθῃ dub. in PTeb.768.9 (ii B.C.); as [voice] Pass., AP11.300 (Pall.); imper. τίθεσο Ar. Pax 1039
, Pl. Sph. 237b, τίθου A.Eu. 226
, [dialect] Dor. τίθευσο cj. in AP9.564 (Nic., τιθεύσω cod., τίθεσσο Plan., cf. ἀφίκευσο); [dialect] Ep. part. τιθήμενος Il.10.34
: [tense] fut. θήσομαι 24.402
, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ἒθηκάμην, only in indic. and part., and never in [dialect] Att.; [ per.] 2sg. ἐθήκαο Theoc.29.18
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. θήκατο Il.10.31
, Hes.Sc. 128; part. θηκάμενος Thgn.1150
, Pi.P.4.29: [tense] aor. 2 ἐθέμην Il.2.750
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. [ per.] 3sg. θέτο 10.149
, Pi.N.10.89; imper. θέο Od. 10.333
, θοῦ S.OC 466
; subj. θῶμαι E.HF 486
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg. θῆαι Od. 19.403
; opt. θείμην S.Ant. 188
, etc.; [ per.] 3sg. θεῖτο Od.17.225
, A.Pr. 527 (lyr.), Pl.Tht. 195c, etc. (πρός-θοιτο, -θοισθε, ἔν-θοιτο are found in D. 11.6, 21.188, 34.17, but προς-θεῖτο Id.6.12
codd.; ἐπιθοίμεθα, -θοιντο, Th.6.34,11; cf. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
): [tense] pf. (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass. τίθεμαι SIG57.25
(Milet., v B.C.), Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a: [tense] fut. τεθήσομαι E.El. 1268
, Pl.Lg. 730b, D.24.17: [tense] aor. ἐτέθην E.HF 1245
, Lys.31.28, etc. ( ἐθέθην IG14.862
(Cumae, vi B.C.)): [tense] pf. τέθειμαι, rare in early Gr., LXX 1 Ki.9.24, Ev.Marc.15.47, ([etym.] προς-) Arist.Mech. 853a35; inf. τεθεῖσθαι Ar.Fr. 327
codd. (but f.l.); part. τεθειμένος Demad.12
, ([etym.] προ-) X.Hier.9.11, ([etym.] δια-) Men.591; also used in med. sense, D.21.49, SIG705.17 (Delph., ii B.C.), BGU1735.11 (i B.C.), Luc.Somn.9, ([etym.] ἐν-) D.34.16, ([etym.] προ-) Supp.Epigr.7.62.6 (Seleucia Pieria, ii B.C.), ([etym.] συν-) OGI229.62 (Smyrna, iii B.C.); ὑπεκ-τεθημένος (sic) BCH54.269 (Rhamnus, iii B.C.); ἀνα-τέθηται (pass. sense) Phld.Mus.p.81 K.; Phocian [tense] pf. part. (med. sense) ἀνα-τεθεμένος BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):— the [voice] Pass. never occurs in Hom., and is generally rare, κεῖμαι being used instead.

A in local sense, set, put, place, λίθον Il.21.405
, cf. IG12.373.10, al.; θεμείλια Il.12.29
; τέρματα τ. Od.8.193; κλισίην, θρόνον τ. τινί, set a stool or chair for him, 4.123, 8.65 (so in [voice] Med., set for oneself, δίφρον 20.387
);
ἐκελήσατο θέμεν τὰν κλίναν, ἐφ' ἇς τὰν Σωστράταν ἔφερον
lay down, IG42(1).122.31
(Epid., iv B.C.); πόδα τ. plant the foot, i.e. walk, run, A.Eu. 294, E.IT32: so in [voice] Med., τετράποδος βάσιν θηρὸς τιθέμενος, i.e. going on all fours, Id.Hec. 1059 (lyr.): the mode is expressed by Advbs. or Preps.,

a with Advbs., τ. τι πυρὸς ἐγγύς, ἀπάνευθε πυρός, Od.14.518, Il.18.412; προπάροιθε ποδῶν 20.324
; χαμαὶ τ. τὸν πόδα A.Ag. 906
; τὰ ἄνω κάτω and τὰ κάτω ἄνω τ. Hdt.3.3, cf. A.Eu. 651, etc.: with Advbs. implying motion, ἄλλοσε θῆκε Od.23.184
, 204; ἔχεις.. ὅποι θήσεις Pl.R. 479c
:—[voice] Med., ὅποι.. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
.

b with Preps. of local sense, θεῖσα στέφανον ἀμφὶ βοστρύχοις E.Med. 1160
([voice] Med., ἀμφ' ὤμοισι τιθήμενον ἔντεα Il.10.34
); ἀνά τινι or τι, as ἂμ βωμοῖσι Il.8.441
; ἀνὰ μυρίκην 10.466
; ἐπί τινος, τινι, or τι, as εἵματα ἐπ' ἀπήνης Od.6.252
, cf. Il.16.223, etc.; ἐπὶ κρατὶ κυνέην 15.480
; πέπλον Ἀθηναίης ἐπὶ γούνασι 6.92
(v. infr.111.2); ἐπὶ [θρόνον τὰ ἱμάτια] Hdt.1.9, cf. A.Supp. 483, etc.; τὴν ἀρχὴν (sc. τοῦ ἐπιδέσμου) κατὰ μεσοφρύου, ἐπὶ ἰνίον, etc., Sor.Fasc.1,2, al.; ὑπό τινι or τι, as δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ Il.24.644
; ἀμβροσίην ὑπὸ ῥῖνά τινι Od.4.445
: most freq. with the Preps. ἐν or εἰς, put in or put into.., as θῆκεν ἐν ἀκμοθέτῳ ἄκμονα Il.18.476
; τόξα ἐν πυρί 5.215
; ἐν κίστῃ ἐδωδήν Od.6.76
; ἐν λεχέεσσι θ. [τινά] Il.18.352 (so in [voice] Med., ἐς δίφρον ἄρνας θέτο put into the car, 3.310; ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη ἐν τῷ σώματι 1 Ep.Cor.12.18
); ἐς λάρνακα, ἐς κάπετον, Il.24.795, 797; ἐς ταφάς S.Aj. 1110
([voice] Med., ἐν τάφοισι θέσθε Id.OC 1410
), cf. Ant. 504, Tr. 1254.

c in Poets also with dat. only, χρήματα μυχῷ ἄντρου Od.13.364
(so in [voice] Med., κολεῷ ἄορ θέο 10.333
), cf. S.Tr. 691, E.Hel. 1064.--The same constructions will be found under many of the following heads.

II Special phrases:

1 θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν χερσίν, ἐν χειρί, put it in his hands, Il.1.441, 585, etc.; ἐν χερσί or χείρεσσί τινος 6.482
, 23.597; οἶνον Ὀδυσσῆϊ ἐν χείρεσσι Od.14.448
; ἐς χεῖρά τινος into his hand, S.Aj. 751.

2 of women, θέσθαι παῖδα, υἱὸν ὑπὸ ζώνῃ, to have a child put under her girdle, i.e. to conceive, h.Ven. 255, 282.

3 ἐν ὄμμασι θέσθαι set before one's eyes, Pi.N.8.43.

4 set a plant, X.Oec.19.7,9.

b lay a mosaic, PCair.Zen.665.10,15 (iii B.C.).

5 θέσθαι τὴν ψῆφον lay one's voting-pebble on the altar, put it into the urn, ἐς τεῦχος οὐ διχορρόπως ψήφους ἔθεντο A.Ag. 816
: hence simply, give one's vote, ἐπὶ φόνῳ for death, E.Or. 756 (troch.); ἑωυτῷ in one's own favour, Hdt.8.123; σὺν τῷ νόμῳ X.Cyr.1.3.17
; εὔφρονα, δικαίαν τὴν ψῆφον τ., A.Supp. 640 (lyr.), Lycurg.128, etc.; and in [voice] Pass., ἔστω δὴ φανερὰ ἡ ψῆφος τιθεμένη Pl.Lg. 855d
: also γνώμην θέσθαι, c. inf., give one's opinion, Hdt.7.82; περὶ ἡμῶν And.3.21
: τίθεσθαι abs., vote, γνώμῃ S.Ph. 1448
codd. (anap., γνώμην Lambinus), Hld.2.29; μετά τινος A.Supp. 644
(lyr.); ἐναντία τινί Pl.Phlb. 58b
; τινι S.E.P.2.37 codd., Lib.Decl.1.65.

6 in Hom., θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν στήθεσσι, ἐν φρεσί, etc., put or plant it in his heart, ἐν στήθεσσι τιθεῖ νόον Il.13.732
; βουλὴν ἐν στήθεσσι τ. 17.470; ἔπος ἐν φρεσί 19.121
, al.; also μένος δέ οἱ ἐν φρεσὶ θῆκε 21.145
:—[voice] Med., ἄγριον ἐν στήθεσσι θέτο θυμόν laid up wrath in his heart, treasured it there, 9.629; ἐν φρεσὶ θέσθε αἰδῶ καὶ νέμεσιν 13.121
; τοῖσιν κότον αἰνὸν ἔθεσθε harboured enmity against them, 8.449; καθαρὸν θέμενος νόον Thgn.89
; θέμενος ἄγναμπτον νόον A.Pr. 164
(lyr.); ἐνὶ φρεσὶ θέσθαι, c. inf., bear in mind, think of doing a thing, Od.4.729; θ. [τι] ἐν καρδίᾳ Ev.Luc. 1.66
.

7 deposit, as in a bank, τὰ πρυτανεῖα πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας IG12.22.33
; θεὶς ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν τὰς τετταράκοντα μνᾶς Hyp.Ath.5
; ἐνέχυρον τιθέναι τι Ar.Pl. 451
, cf. Ec. 755, D.41.11, PEnteux.32.7 (iii B.C.), etc.:—[voice] Med., τὰ ἡμίσεα τῆς οὐσίης θέσθαι παρά τινα Hdt.6.86
.ά, cf. Od.13.207; τὴν τιμὴν θήσονται ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν, ἕως.. PCair.Zen.723.11
(iii B.C.); ἐγγύην θέσθαι A.Eu. 898
; συνθήκας παρά τινι Lycurg.23
:—[voice] Pass., τὰ ληφθέντα καὶ τὰ τεθεντα D.49.5
(but [voice] Act. and [voice] Med. are sts. distd., ὁ θείς the mortgagor, ὁ θέμενος the mortgagee, τοὺς θέντας ἡμᾶς ἢ καὶ τοὺς θεμένους ὑμᾶς Pl.Lg. 820e
, cf. Hyp.Fr. 169, D.53.10; τίθεσθαι seems to have the same meaning as ὑποτίθεσθαι in IG22.43.41, 2758.4, 12(7).55.12 (Arcesine, iv/iii B.C.), but the two are distd. in Supp.Epigr.3.760 (Euboea, iv B.C.)): metaph., χάριν or χάριτα θέσθαι τινί deposit a claim for favour with one, lay an obligation on one, Hdt.9.60, 107, cf. A.Pr. 783, etc.

8 pay down, pay, τόκον, εἰσφοράν, μετοίκιον, D.41.9, 22.43, 29.3; τὸ γιγνόμενον Id.18.104
; τὸν πριάμενον ἑκατοστὴν τιθέναι τῆς τιμῆς Thphr.Fr.97.1
; τὴν τιμήν PRev.Laws 18.13
(iii B.C.); τὰ μέρη PCair.Zen.218.33
(iii B.C.); [τὰς δραχμὰς] εἰς ἀνήλωμα τοῦ πλοίου ib.753.64 (iii B.C.):—[voice] Med., θέμενος ἀρραβῶνα PFlor.303.3
(vi A.D.).

9 put down in writing, θοῦ δ' ἐν φρενῶν δέλτοισι τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους S.Fr. 597
(cj. Nauck):—[voice] Pass., τὰ ἐν γράμμασι τεθέντα Pl.Lg. 793b
.

b place to account, reckon, D.27.34,36, 28.13; θήσω εἰς δύο παῖδας χιλίας δραχμὰς ἑκάστου ἐνιαυτοῦ Lys.32.28
, cf. ib.21:—metaph. in [voice] Med., ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀκριβῶς αὐτὸ θήσομαι λίαν E.Med. 532
; τἀγαθὰ ἐς ἀμφίβολον ἀσφαλῶς ἔθεντο reckoned as doubtful, Th.4.18.

10 in military language, τίθεσθαι or θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα has four senses,

a rest arms, i.e. halt, with arms in an easy position but ready for action, Th.4.44,93, 7.3; θέμενοι ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν τὰ ὅπλα advancing to the market-place and resting arms there, Id.2.2, cf. Hdt.9.52, X.An.1.5.14, 17, 1.6.4, etc.; εἰς τάξιν τὰ ὅπλα τ. ib.2.2.21, 5.4.11; so ἐν τάξει ib.2.2.8; ἀντία τισί over against them, Hdt.5.74 (in 1.62 ἀντία ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα over against it (the temple)); poet., πάτρας ἕνεκα εἰς δῆριν ἔθεντο ὅπλα Inscr. ap. D.18.289.

b bear arms, fight, τὸ θυμοειδὲς.. ἐν τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς στάσει τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα πρὸς τὸ λογιστικόν Pl.R. 440e
; τοῦ δήμου.. παρακαλοῦντος τοὺς στρατιώτας τίθεσθαι πρὸς τὴν πόλιν IG22.666.10
; ὃς ἂν μὴ θῆται τὰ ὅπλα μηδὲ μεθ' ἑτέρων Arist.Ath.8.5
, cf. Lys.31.14, D.21.145; so ὁπόσοιπερ ἂν ὅπλα ἱππικὰ ἢ πεζικὰ τιθῶνται who serve on horseback or on foot, Pl.Lg. 753b, cf. 756a; ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ τὰ ὅπλα θέσθαι Plu.Cim.5
.

c lay down one's arms, surrender, D.S.20.31,45; so, without the idea of surrender, θέσθαι τὰς ἀσπίδας X.HG2.4.12 (but [voice] Act., τὰ ὅπλα θείς Plu.2.759a
).

d τὰ ὅπλα εὖ τίθεσθε keep your arms in good order, X.Cyr.4.5.3; εὖ ἀσπίδα θέσθω Il.2.382
.

II lay in the grave, bury, ἐμὰ σῶν ἀπάνευθε τιθήμεναι ὀστέα 23.83
(freq. with words added, ἐν τάφοισι, ἐς ταφάς, etc., v. supr. 1 b); ποῦ σφε θήσομεν χθονός; A.Th. 1006 (lyr.):— [voice] Pass., τὰ δὲ ὀστᾶ φασι.. τεθῆναι.. ἐν τῇ Ἀττικῇ Th.1.138
, cf. Pl.Mx. 242c, Lg. 947e; ἄλλῳ δὲ μηδενὶ ἐξεῖναι ἐν τῷ πυργίσκῳ τεθῆναι μετὰ τὸ ἐνταφῆναι αὐτήν· ἐπεὶ ὁ θείς τινα ἀσεβὴς ἔστω θεοῖς καταχθονίοις TAM 2(1).51
([place name] Telmessus), cf. 55, al., AJP48.30 ([place name] Apamea), Supp.Epigr. 6.221 ([place name] Phrygia), etc.

12 τιθέναι τὰ γόνατα
kneel down, Ev.Marc. 15.19
, Ev.Luc.22.41, al.

III set up, of the prizes in games, ἄεθλα Il.23.263
, etc.; ἀέθλιον ib. 748; νικητήρια S.Fr. 537
(so in [voice] Pass., τὰ τιθέμενα the prizes, D.61.25); also with the object offered as the prize, τ. δέπας, βοῦν, σόλον, etc., Il.23.656, 750, 826, al., cf. Hdt. 1.144, S.Aj. 573:—this is more fully expressed by ἐς μέσσον τ., Il.23.704: after Hom. more generally, lay before people as common property, βούλομαι ὑμῖν εἰς τὸ μέσον αὐτὸ θεῖναι Pl.Lg. 719a
; ἐς μέσον ἀρχὴν τιθεὶς ἰσονομίην ὑμῖν προαγορεύω Hdt.3.142
; so also τ. τι εἰς τὸ κοινὸν X.Mem.3.14.1
; reading and sense are doubtful in A.Ch. 145.

2 set up in a temple, dedicate, ἀγάλματα Od.12.347
; τάσδε.. θεοῖς ἀσπίδας ἔθηκε E.Ph. 576
; so perh. Il.6.92 (v. supr. 1b).

IV assign, award, τιμήν τινι Il.24.57
; ὄνομά τινι Pl.Sph. 244d
: esp. in [voice] Med., ὄνομα (or οὔνομα) θέσθαι τινί give a child a name at one's own discretion, Od.18.5, 19.406 (in 19.403 with v.l. θείης), Hdt.1.107, 113, cf. E.Ph.13: ellipt., without ὄνομα, ᾧ δὴ ἀθροίς ματι ἄνθρωπόν τε τίθενται καὶ λίθον Pl.Tht. 157b
, cf. Cra. 402b: pleonast., Ἴωνα δ' αὐτὸν ὄνομα κεκλῆσθαι θήσεται E. Ion75
.

V τιθέναι νόμον down or give a law, of a legislator, S.El. 580, E.Alc.57, Ar.Ach. 532, Pl.R. 339c, D.24.99, etc.:—so in [voice] Med., of Solon, Hdt.1.29; of a people, state, or legislature, give oneself a law, make a law, Pl.R. 338e, Isoc.3.6, Arist. Pol. 1289a14 ([voice] Pass., τίθεται νόμος Ar.Nu. 1425
, Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a; τιμωρίαι.. ἐτέθησαν ib. 943d); also θήσω θεσμόν A.Eu. 484
; κήρυγμα θεῖναι S.Ant.8
; σκῆψιν τιθέναι allege an excuse, Id.El. 584: c. acc. et inf., order matters so that.., [ὁ Λυκοῦργος] ἔθηκε θύειν βασιλέα πρὸ τῆς πόλεως τὰ δημόσια ἅπαντα X.Lac.15.2
, cf. 1.5, 2.11; without inf., καλῶς ἔθεντο ταῦτα πατέρες οἱ πάλαι E.Or. 512
: c. dat. et inf., γυναιξὶ σωφρονεῖν.. θήσει Id.Tr. 1057
.

2 [voice] Med., agree upon, ἡμέραν θέσθαι D.42.1
,13; so θ. συγγραφήν, ὁμολογίαν, σύμβολόν τινι, etc., PEleph. 2.16 (iii B.C.), PGoodsp.Cair. 6ii 2 (ii B.C.), PRein.11.9 (ii B.C.), etc.

3 execute a document. τ. διαθήκην make a will, Stud.Pal.1.6.3 (v A.D.): so in [voice] Med., PSI10.1119.16 (ii A.D.); θέσθαι τινὸς ἀπαρχήν make out a person's birth-certificate, ib.9.1067.15 (iii B.C.), etc.

VI establish, institute, ἀγῶνας A.Ag. 845
, cf. X.An.1.2.10; ἐν τοῖς ἀγώνοις οἷς ἁ πόλις τίφητι (sic) Delph.3(3).120.17 (ii B.C.); πενταετηρίδα Pi.O.3.21
.

VII dispose, order, ordain, bring to pass, of gods, οὕτω νῦν Ζεὺς θείη Od.8.465
, 15.180; ὣς ἄο' ἔμελλον θησέμεναι Il.12.35
; [Ζεὺς] τίθησ' ὅπῃ θέλει Semon.1.2
; τὰ δ' ἄλλα πάντ' ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω στρέφων τίθησιν (sc. Ζεύς) A.Eu. 651; πάντα παγκάκως θεοὶ θέσαν cj. in Id.Pers. 283 (lyr.); τέλος δ' ἔθηκε Ζεὺς.. καλῶς S.Tr. 26
; κόσμῳ θέντες, as etym. of θεοί, Hdt.2.52; of human beings, administer, manage, [τι] κακῶς θέμεν, εὖ θέμεν, Thgn.845, 846; τὰ δ' ἄλλα φροντὶς.. θήσει δικαίως A.Ag. 913
; ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ θήσομεν κρατοῦντε τῶνδε δωμάτων καλῶς ib. 1673 (troch.); ταῦτ' ἐγὼ θήσω καλῶς E.Hipp. 521
, cf. Andr. 737; τὰ παρ' ὑμῶν εὖ τίθει Ar.Lys. 243
; τ. τὰ τῶν φίλων ἀσφαλῶς X.Ages.11.12
; τὰ πράγματ' ὀρθῶς ἂν τιθῇ πράξει καλῶς E.Fr. 287
:—[voice] Med., administer for oneself, οἶκον εὖ θέσθαι Hes.Op.23
; ἄνδρας σοφοὺς χρὴ τὸ παρὸν πρᾶγμα καλῶς εἰς δύναμιν τίθεσθαι Cratin. 172
(lyr.), cf. D.23.134, Anon.ap Suid.s.v. τίθεσθαι, Hsch.s.v.
τὸ παρὸν εὖ τίθεσο; ἐν ἀπόρῳ εἴχοντο θέσθαι τὸ παρόν Th.1.25
; τὸ παρὸν εὖ θέσθαι make the best of one's resources or situation, Luc.Nec.21, M. Ant.6.2, cf. Aristid.2.35 J.; εὐτυχίαν τὴν παροῦσαν ἔξεστι καλῶς θέσθαι Th.4.17
; τὰ παρόντα θέσθαι καλῶς Ach.Tat.5.11
; τὰ σεωυτοῦ τιθέμενος εὖ Hdt.7.236
; τὰ οἰκεῖα εὖ θέμενον Pl.R. 443d
; τὰ ἴδια ἕκαστοι εὖ βουλόμενοι δὴ θέσθαι Th.4.59
; τὰ πάντα ὅπως ἂν αὐτῇ ἡδὺ ᾖ οὕτως τίθεσθαι X.Mem.1.4.17
; εἰ μὴ θήσομαι τἄμ' ὡς ἄριστα E.Andr. 378
; τὸ σαυτοῦ θέμενος εὖ Id.IT 1003
, cf. Ba.49, HF 605, 938, Hipp. 709, Dionys.Eleg.1.5; τὰ πρὶν εὖ θέμενος S.El. 1434
; συνετῶν ἀνδρῶν (sc. εἶναι) , πρὶν γενέσθαι τὰ δυσχερῆ, προνοῆσαι ὅπως μὴ γένηται· ἀνδρείων δέ, γενόμενα εὖ θέσθαι Pittac.
ap. D.L.1.78; τὸ κοινῶς φοβερὸν ἅπαντας εὖ θέσθαι that all should face the common danger, Th.4.61; of wars, quarrels, etc., bring them to a successful issue, but sts. put a good face on them, patch them up, ἕως ἂν τὸν πόλεμον εὖ θῶνται Id.8.84
; θήσονται τὸν πόλεμον ᾗ βούλονται Id.1.31
; πόλεμον ἀραμένους οὐ ῥᾴδιον εὐπρεπῶς θέσθαι ib.82; ὅτῳ τρόπῳ.. τὸ σφέτερον ἀπρεπὲς εὖ θήσονται Id.6.11
; μεθ' ἧς τὸ νῦν παρεστὸς νεῖκος εὖ θέσθαι χρεών S. OT 633
; τὸν τρὸς τοὺς Ἐλευσῖνι πόλεμον ὡς μετρίως ἔθεντο Pl.Mx. 243e
; ἄμεινον ἢ τότε ἐθέμεθα τὸν πόλεμον ib. 245e; τὰς γενομένας συμφορὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους θέσθαι καλῶς And.1.140
: abs., θέσθαι καλῶς S.Fr. 350
:—pass., εἰ τεθήσεται κατὰ νοῦν τὰ πράγματα Th.4.120
.

2 in the game of πεττεία, κυβεία, Lat. tesserae (cf. Ter.Adelph.739), to place as skilfully as possible the pieces which have been assigned to one by the luck of the dice, πεττείᾳ τινὶ ἔοικεν ὁ βίος, καὶ δεῖ ὥσπερ ψῆφόν τινα τίθεσθαι τὸ συμβαῖνον Socr.
ap. Stob.4.56.39; ὥσπερ ἐν πτώσει κύβων πρὸς τὰ πεπτωκότα τίθεσθαι τὰ αὑτοῦ πράγματα ὅπῃ ὁ λόγος αἱρεῖ βέλτιστ' ἂν ἔχειν Pl.R. 604c
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh.26; στέργειν δὲ τἀκπεσόντα καὶ θέσθαι πρέπει σοφὸν κυβευτήν S.Fr. 947
; τὰ δεσποτῶν γὰρ εὖ πεσόντα θήσομαι I will take advantage of my master's good luck, A.Ag.32: many of the passages cited in A. v11. I may be metaph. applications of this sense.

B put in a certain state or condition, much the same as ποιεῖν, ποιεῖσθαι, and so often to be rendered by our make:

I folld. by an attributive Subst., make one something, with the predicate in apposition, θεῖναί τινα αἰχμητήν, ἱέρειαν, μάντιν, etc., Il.1.290, 6.300, Od.15.253, etc.; θ. τινὰ ἀρχέπολιν Pi.P.9.54
; θεῖναί τινα ἄλοχόν τινος make her another's wife, of a third person who negotiates a marriage, Il.19.298 (for [voice] Med., v. infr. 3); ἥτε με τοῖον ἔθηκεν ὅπως ἐθέλει who has made me such as she will, Od.16.208; σῦς ἔθηκας ἑταίρους thou hast made my comrades swine, 10.338; so [νῆα] λᾶαν ἔθηκε 13.163
, cf. Il.2.319, etc.; ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον LXX Ps.109(110).1
; but γέλων ἔθηκε συνδείπνοις caused them laughter, E. Ion 1172; λόγους εἰς μέτρα τ. put them into verse, Pl. Lg. 669d.

2 with an Adj. for the attributive, θεῖναί τινα ἀθάνατον καὶ ἀγήρων make him undying and undecaying, Od.5.136; πηρόν, τυφλόν, ἀφνειὸν τ. τινά, Il.2.599, 6.139, 9.483; τὸν μὲν.. θῆκε μείζονά τ' εἰσιδέειν καὶ πάσσονα Od.6.229
, cf. 18.195, Pl.Prt. 344d.

b of things, ἅλιον πόνον, πόνον οὐκ ἀτέλεστον, πάντα μεταμώνια, Il.4.26,57, 363; ὄλεθρον ἀπευθέα θῆκε Κρονίων Od.3.88
, cf. 11.274; ἀποίητον θέμεν ἔργων τέλος Pi.O.2.17
; ἀρὰν τ. ἀλαθῆ A.Th. 944
(lyr.); ἀναστάτους οἴκους τ. S.Ant. 674; τ. λεῖον τὸν τραχὺν ἐχῖνον Ar. Pax 1086
; τὸ πραχθὲν ἀγένητον τ. Pl.Prt. 324b.

3 freq. in [voice] Med., γυναῖκα or ἄκοιτιν θέσθαι τινά make her one's wife, Od.21.72, 316, B.5.169; παῖδα τὸν αὑτᾶς πόσιν θ. take her own son as husband, A.Th. 929 (lyr.).

b υἱὸν θέσθαι τινά, like ποιεῖσθαι, make one's son, adopt, Pl.Lg. 929c, etc.: abs., θέσθαι τινά adopt, Plu.Aem.5.

c generally, προσφιλῆ θέσθαι τινά S.Ph. 532
; but φίλον ἐμαυτῷ θ. deem my friend, Id.Ant. 188; γέλωτα θέσθαι τινά make him one's butt, Hdt.3.29, 7.209.

4 c. inf., make one do so and so, τιθέναι τινὰ νικᾶσαι make him conquer, Pi.N.10.48 (dub.); μετατραπεῖν Id.Fr. 177
; τὸν πάθει μάθος θέντα κυρίως ἔχειν A.Ag. 178
(lyr.), cf. 1036, 1174 (lyr.), E.Med. 718, Heracl. 990, etc.

II in reference to mental action, when [voice] Med. is more freq. than [voice] Act., lay down. assume, hold, reckon or regard as.., τί δ' ἐλέγχεα ταῦτα τίθεσθε; Od.21.333; δαιμόνιον αὐτὸ τίθημ' ἐγώ S.El. 1270
(lyr.); τοιοῦτον θέντες τὸν δίκαιον Pl.R. 361b
, cf. 430b ([voice] Med.); θὲς δή μοι.. now suppose so and so, Id.Tht. 191c; εὐεργέτημά τι θεῖναι D.1.10
; with ὡς, θέντες ὡς ὑπάρχον εἶναι ὃ βούλονται Pl.R. 458a
, cf. Phd. 100a; μὴ τοῦτο ὡς ἀδίκημα θῇς D.18.193
.

2 folld. by Advbs., ποῦ χρὴ τίθεσθαι ταῦτα; in what light must we regard these things? S.Ph. 451; οὐδαμοῦ τιθέναι τι hold of no account, E.Andr. 210; πρόσθεν or ἐπίπροσθέν τινος τιθέναι τι, Id.Hec. 129 (anap.), Supp. 515; πόρρω τίθεσθαί τί τινων set far below.., D.18.299.

3 folld. by Preps., τ. τινὰ ἐν φιλοσόφοις Pl.R. 475d
; ἐν τοῖς φίλοις X.Mem.2.4.4
; also εἰς ὁποτέραν (of two classes) Pl.Sph. 264c; εἰς τὸν δῆμον, εἰς τοὺς πλουσίους, X.Mem.4.2.39; also οὐκ ἐν λόγῳ τίθεσθαί τινα Tyrt.12.1
; ἐν τιμῇ τίθεσθαί τινα Hdt.3.3
; ἐν αἰτίῃ τιθέναι τινά Id.8.99
; ἐν οἰωνῷ τινι τοῦ μέλλοντος, ἐν ἐπαίνῳ, ἐν γέλωτι τίθεσθαι, Plu.Alex.31, Cat.Ma.20, TG17; θέσθαι παρ' οὐδέν set at naught, A.Ag. 230 (lyr.), E.IT 732, cf. Pl.Phdr. 252a (but ἐν οὐδενί BGU1816.23
(i B.C.), Supp.Epigr.7.1.6 (Susa, i A.D., Epist.Artabani)); ἐν παρέργῳ θοῦ με S.Ph. 473
; πάντα ταῦτ' ἐν εὐχερεῖ ἔθου ib. 876; ταῦτ' ἐν αἰσχρῷ θέμενος E. Hec. 806
; ἐν ἀδικήματι θέσθαι τι Th.1.35
; ἐν ἀδικήματος μέρει τιθέναι τι D.23.148
; θέσθαι τὰ δίκαια ἔκ τινος estimate them by.., Id.8.8.

4 c. partit. gen., ἐμὲ θὲς τῶν πεπεις μένων put me down as one of the convinced, Pl.R. 424c, cf. 376e, 437b; τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀμελείας ἄν τις θείη might reckon it as due to our carelessness, D.1.10.

5 c. inf., οὐ τίθημ' ἐγὼ ζῆν τοῦτον I hold not that he lives, count him not as living, S.Ant. 1166: so in [voice] Med., Pl.Phd. 93c, D. 25.43,44: rarely c. part., θήσω ἀδικοῦντα [αὐτόν] Id.23.76, cf. Pl. Prt. 343e, Ap. 27c.

6 elliptically, lay down, assume, θῶμεν δύο εἴδη (sc. εἶναι) Id.Phd. 79a, etc.; θήσω οὕτω (sc. εἶναί τι) D.23.85, cf. Arist.Pol. 1290a30.

7 affirm, opp. αἴρω (deny), τὸ ἐπέκεινα ὄντος οὐ τόδε λέγει- οὐ γὰρ τίθησιν-- the phrase 'beyond being' does not denote a 'this' (for it is not an affirmation), Plot.5.5.6.

C without any attributive word following, make, work, execute, of an artist, ἐν δ' ἐτίθει νειόν Il.18.541
, cf. 550, 561, 607; [δόρπον] θησέμεναι Od.20.394
.

2 make, cause, bring to pass, ἔργα Il.3.321
; τ. κέλαδον καὶ ἀϋτήν 9.547
; ὀρυμαγδόν Od.9.235
; ἔριν μετ' ἀμφοτέροισιν 3.136
; φιλότητα, ὅρκια μετ' ἀμφ., Il.4.83, Od.24.546: c. dat. pers., σῆμα τιθεὶς Τρώεσσι Il.8.171
; Ἀχαιοῖς ἄλγε' ἔθηκεν 1.2
, etc.; πᾶσι δ' ἔθηκε πόνον 21.524
, cf. 15.721, 16.262; φόως ἑτάροισιν 6
6, etc.; χάρματ' ἄλλοις ἔθηκεν Pi.O.2.99
; πόλει κατασκαφὰς θέντες A. Th.47
; εἰρήνην φίλοις Id.Pers. 769
; αἷμα θήσεις E.Ba. 837
(s. v.l.).

3 freq. in [voice] Med., make or prepare for oneself, θέσθαι κέλευθον make oneself a road, open a way, Il.12.418; θέτο δῶμα Od.15.241
; τίθεντο δὲ δαῖτα, δόρπα, Il.7.475, 9.88 (but δαῖτα τίθενται are holding a feast, Od.17.269); μεγάλην ἐπιγουνίδα θέσθαι to make oneself, get a large thigh, Od.17.225; θέσθαι μάχην engage in.., Il.24.402; δυσμενέεσσι πόνον καὶ δῆριν ἔθεντο 17.158
; ἱδρῶτα τίθεσθαι have an access of perspiration, Hp.Decent.2; μαρτύρια θέσθαι produce as testimony, Hdt.8.55; ἀνδρὸς αἰδοίου πρόσοψιν θηκάμενος putting on the aspect of a reverend man, Pi.P.4.29, cf. Hsch. s.v. θήκατο; πόνον πλέω τίθου work thyself the more annoy, A.Eu. 226; εὐκλεᾶ θέσθαι βίον S.Ph. 1422
, etc.

4 periphr. for a single Verb. μνηστήρων σκέδασιν θεῖναι make a scattering, Od.1.116; θέμεν κρυφόν, νέμεσιν, αἶνον, for κρύπτειν, νεμεσῦν, αἰνεῖν, Pi.O.2.97, 8.86, N.1.5; μὴ σχολὴν τίθει A. Ag. 1059
; ὑμῖν ἔθηκε σὺν θεοῖς σωτηρίαν (v.l. προμηθίαν) E.Med. 915:— also in [voice] Med., θέσθαι μάχην, for μάχεσθαι, Il.24.402; θέσθαι θυσίαν, γάμον, for θύειν, γαμεῖσθαι, Pi.O.7.42, 13.53; σπουδήν, πρόνοιαν θέσθαι, S.Aj.13, 536, cf. Pi.P.4.276; θ. ἐπιστροφὴν πρό τινος S.OT 134
; περὶ τούτων οἰκονομίας PEnteux.22.6
(iii B.C.); and c. gen., θ. λησμοσύναν, συγγνωμοσύνην τινῶν, S.Ant. 151 (lyr.), Tr. 1265 (anap.). (Cf. Lith. dēti 'lay (eggs, etc.)', Skt. dáti 'lay down, place', Lat. -do in con-do, etc., Engl. do, doom.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τίθημι
8 πρός

πρός, Prep., expressing direction,

A on the side of, in the direction of, hence c. gen., dat., and acc., from, at, to: [dialect] Ep. also [full] προτί and [full] ποτί, in Hom. usually c. acc., more rarely c. dat., and each only once c. gen., Il.11.831, 22.198:—dialectal forms: [dialect] Dor.[full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] ποί, but Cret. [full] πορτί Leg.Gort.5.44, etc., Argive [full] προτ( [full] ί) Schwyzer 84.3 (found at Tylisus, V B.C.), restored in Mnemos.57.208(Argos, vi B.C.), and in Alcm.30; Arc., Cypr. [full] πός SIG306.11 (Tegea, iv B.C.), Inscr.Cypr. 135.19H., also sts. in Asia Minor in compds., v. ποσάγω, ποσφέρω; [dialect] Aeol. [full] πρός Sapph.69 ([etym.] προς-), 109, Alc.20 (s. v.l.); [full] πρές Jo.Gramm. Comp.3.10; Pamphylian περτ ([etym.] ί) Schwyzer 686.7, 686a4. (With [full] προτί, [full] πρός cf. Skt. práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slav. protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Lat. pretium: [full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] πός are not cogn.) A. WITH GEN., πρός refers to that from which something comes:

I of Place, from, ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων Od. 8.29
; τὸν π. Σάρδεων ἤλεκτρον S.Ant. 1037
(v.l.).

2 on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, Od.21.347; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, Il.10.428, 430; εἶναι π. θαλάσσης Hdt.2.154
; ἱδρῦσθαι π. τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου Id.8.120
; ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο π. Ὀλύνθου Th.1.62
, etc.; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc., Hdt.2.30: freq. with words denoting the points of the compass, δύω θύραι εἰσίν, αἱ μὲν π. βορέαο, αἱ δ' αὖ π. νότου one on the north side, the other on the south side, Od.13.110; οἰκέουσι π. νότου ἀνέμου Hdt.3.101
; π. ἄρκτου τε καὶ βορέω ἀνέμου κατοικημένοι ib. 102; π. μεσαμβρίης ib. 107; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the acc. is more common) Id.1.84; π. Πλαταιῶν Th. 3.21
; π. Νεμέας Id.5.59
; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour- ward side of this road, IG12.892: combined with π. c. acc., π. ἠῶ τε καὶ τοῦ Τανάϊδος Hdt.4.122
; τὸν μέν π. βορέω ἑστεῶτα, τὸν δὲ π. νότον Id.2.121
, cf. 4.17.

3 before, in presence of, μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων Il.1.339
; οὐδ' ἐπιορκήσω π. δαίμονος 19.188
; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος .. ὑπίσχομαι prob. in IG22.1126.7 (Amphict. Delph., iv B. C.); ὑποσχομένους πρὸς τοῦ Διός ib.1237.16: hence,

b in the eyes of, ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων Th.1.71
, cf. X.An.1.6.6, etc.; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Lex ap.And.1.97; κατειπάτω.. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, SIG986.9, cf. 17 (Chios, v/iv B. C.); ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει Pi.P.4.286
.

4 in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of, σε.. γουνάζομαι.. π. τ' ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός Od.11.67
; π. θεῶν πατρῴων S.Ant. 839
(lyr.), etc.; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc., D.28.20, etc.: the verb is freq. omitted with π. θεῶν or τῶν θεῶν, E.Hec. 551, S.OT 1037, Ar.V. 760; π. τοῦ Διός Id.Av. 130
: less freq. with other words, π. τῆς ἑστίας E.Fr.953.39
; π. Χαρίτων Luc.Hist.Conscr.14
; μὴ π. γενείου S.El. 1208
; μὴ π. ξενίας τᾶς σᾶς Id.OC 515
(lyr.): sts. in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστίν; in heaven's name, D.1.15; π. τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς.. ; Din.1.45
; ἆρ' οὖν, ὦ π. Διός,.. ; Pl.R. 459a
, cf. Ap. 26e: sts. in Trag. with the pron. σε between prep. and case, π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός.. ἱκνοῦμαι S.Ph. 468
; μὴ π. σε γονάτων E.Med. 324
.

5 of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, Hdt.7.99; Ἀθηναῖον.. καὶ τὰ π. πατρὸς καὶ τὰ π. μητρός D.57.17
, cf. Isoc.3.42, SIG1015.7 (Halic.); πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, Pl.Tht. 173d; ὁ πατὴρ π. μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἦν τῶν Εὐπατριδῶν Isoc.16.25
; οἱ συγγενεῖς τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ π. ἀνδρῶν καὶ π. γυναικῶν D.57.23
; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, S.Aj. 1305; ἢ φίλων τις ἢ π. αἵματος φύσιν Id.El. 1125
.

II of effects proceeding from what cause soever:

1 from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc., ὡς ἂν.. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν Il.16.85
, cf. 1.160, etc.; τιμὴν π. Ζηνὸς ἔχοντες Od.11.302
; δίδοι οἱ.. χάριν ποτ' ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων Pi.O.7.90
; ἄνθεα τιμῆς πρὸς θνητῶν ἀνελέσθαι Emp.4.7
; φυλακῆς π. δήμου κυρῆσαι Hdt.1.59
; τυχεῖν τινος π. θεῶν A.Th. 550
, cf. S.Aj. 527; λαχὼν π. δαιμόνων ὄλβον Pi.N.9.45
; κακόν τι π. θεῶν ἢ π. ἀνθρώπων λαβεῖν Hdt.2.139
, etc.; μανθάνειν π. ἀστῶν S.OC13
: with passive Verbs, προτὶ Ἀχιλλῆος δεδιδάχθαι to have been taught by.., Il.11.831, cf. S.OT 357; ἄριστα πεποίηται.. πρὸς Τρώων Il.6.57
; αἴσχε' ἀκούω π. Τρώων ib. 525, cf. Heraclit.79; ταῦτα.. π. τούτου κλύειν S.OT 429
; οὐ λέγεται π. οὐδαμῶν Hdt.1.47
; ἀτιμάζεσθαι, τετιμῆσθαι π. τινῶν, ib.61,2.75; also λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν Id.1.120
; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of, ib.73; π. ἀλλήλοιν θανεῖν E. Ph. 1269
, cf. S.OT 1237; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν ib. 949; τὸ ποιεύμενον π. τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων Hdt.7.209
; αἰτηθέντες π. τινὸς χρήματα Id.8.111
; ἱμέρου βέλει π. σοῦ τέθαλπται A.Pr. 650
: with an Adj. or Subst., τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος Od.18.162
; ἐπίφθονος π. τῶν πλεόνων ἀνθρώπων Hdt.7.139
; ἔρημος π. φίλων S.Ant. 919
; ἀπαθὴς π. ἀστῶν Pi.P.4.297
; πειθὼ π. τινός S.El. 562
; π. Τρώων.. κλέος εἶναι Il.22.514
; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, S.OC73, E.Heracl. 624 (lyr.); ἐλίπετο ἀθάνατον μνήμην π. Ἑλλησποντίων Hdt.4.144
: with an Adv., οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, X.An.2.3.18, cf. Pl.R. 463d.

2 of things, π. τίνος ποτ' αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? S.OT 1236; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of.., Id.Ant.51.

III of dependence or close connexion: hence,

1 dependent on one, under one's protection, π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε Od.6.207
,14.57; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, Il.1.239; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, 6.456.

2 on one's side, in one's favour, Hdt.1.75, 124, S.OT 1434, Tr. 479, etc.; π. τῶν ἐχόντων.. τὸν νόμον τίθης E.Alc. 57
.

IV of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like, τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης Hdt.7.153
, cf.5.12; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, A.Ag. 592, cf. 1636; οὐ π. ἰατροῦ σοφοῦ θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδάς S.Aj. 581
, cf. Ar.V. 369, E.Hel. 950, etc.; π. σοῦ ἐστι Id.HF 585
, etc.; οὐκ ἦν π. τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου X.An. 1.2.11
, etc.: of qualities, etc., π. δυσσεβείας A.Ch. 704
; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, S.OT 1014, cf.El. 1211; οὐ π. τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης Th.3.59
; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, Pl.Grg. 459c;
εἰ τόδε π. τρόπου λέγω
correctly, Id.R. 470c
; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, Thphr.Char.30.12; τὰ γενήματα π. ἐλάσσονος τιμᾶς πωλῶν IG5(2).515.14
([place name] Lycosura); π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, Arist.Mu. 397a30, Arr.An.7.16.5, Hld.7.12; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, Plu.Cic.13; π. δέους λαβεῖν τι Id.Flam.7
; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (v.l. ὀργήν) J.AJ8.1.3; μοι π. εὐκλείας γένοιτο ib. 18.7.7; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, Lib.Decl.43.27,28.

B WITH DAT., it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at, ποτὶ γαίῃ Od.8.190
, 11.423; ποτὶ γούνασι Il.5.408
; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, 14.398 (nisi leg. περί) ; πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν Pi.P.1.86
; ποτὶ γραμμᾷ στᾶσαί τινα ib.9.118; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων ib.4.24; δῆσαί τινα πρὸς φάραγγι A.Pr.15
; νεὼς καμούσης ποντίῳ π. κύματι Id.Th. 210
; π. μέσῃ ἀγορᾷ S.Tr. 371
; π. Ἀργείων στρατῷ Id.Aj.95
; π. πέδῳ κεῖται Id.OT 180
(lyr.); θακεῖν π. ναοῖς ib.20, cf. A.Eu. 855; π. ἡλίου ναίουσι πηγαῖς Id.Pr. 808
; π. τῇ γῇ ναυμαχεῖν Th. 7.34
; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (v.l. ὑπ') αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει Id.2.79
; τεῖχος π. τῇ θαλάσσῃ Id.3.105
; αἱ π. θαλάττῃ πόλεις X.HG4.8.1
; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, Th.1.105; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on.., ib. 104; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, S.OT 130, etc.; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π... πήματι over it, Id.Aj. 582; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, Euc.1.5,al.; τὴν π. τῷ.. ιερῷ κρήνην IG22.338.13
, cf. SIG1040.15 (Piraeus, iv B. C.), al.

2 before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, D. 20.98,39.22; ὅσα π. τοῖς κριταῖς γέγονεν Id.21.18
; π. διαιτητῇ φεύγειν Id.22.28
.

3 with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against, ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ Il.1.245
, Od.2.80; με βάλῃ.. ποτὶ πέτρῃ 5.415
, cf. 7.279, 9.284; νῆας ποτὶ σπιλάδεσσιν ἔαξαν 3.298
, cf. 5.401; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, Il.20.420; ἴσχοντες πρὸς ταῖς πόλεσι Th.7.35
.

4 sts. with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, Il.20.418; προτὶ οἷ εἷλε 21.507
; πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν ἔχονται Od.5.329
; προσπεπλασμένας.. π. ὄρεσι Hdt.3.111
; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of.., S.Ant. 1189;
π. τινί
close to, Men. Epit. 204
.

II to express close engagement, at the point of, π. αὐτῷ γ' εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν S.OT 1169
; engaged in or about, π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν Pl.Phd. 84c
, cf. Phdr. 249c, 249d; ἂν π. τῷ σκοπεῖν.. γένησθε D.18.176
; ἀεὶ π. ᾧ εἴη ἔργῳ, τοῦτο ἔπραττεν X. HG4.8.22
; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, Epicr.11.3 (anap.), Arist. Pol. 1308b36 (but π. ταῦτα ἐσχόλασα X.Mem.3.6.6
); ὅλος εἶναι π. τῷ λήμματι D.19.127
; π. τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ γίγνεσθαι Aeschin.1.74
; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, Pl.R. 500b, Aeschin.3.192; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, PCair.Zen. 342.3 (iii B. C.); ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος Plb.15.27.7
, cf. 5.54.7, D.S.2.29,3.22; ἐπιμελητὴς π. τῇ εἰκασίᾳ τοῦ σησάμου PTeb.713.2
, cf.709.1 (ii B. C.).

III to express union or addition, once in Hom., ἄασάν μ' ἕταροί τε κακοὶ π. τοῖσί τε ὕπνος and besides them sleep, Od.10.68;
π. τοῖς παροῦσιν ἄλλα
in addition to, A.Pr. 323
, cf. Pers. 531, Xenoph.8.3. Emp.59.3; ἄλλους π. ἑαυτῷ Th.1.90
; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] Id.6.90; δέκα μῆνας π. ἄλλοις πέντε S.Tr.45
; τρίτος.. π. δέκ' ἄλλαισιν γοναῖς A.Pr. 774
; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, Pl.R. 397e: freq. with neut. Adjs., π. τῷ νέῳ ἁπαλός besides his youth, Id.Smp. 195c, cf. Tht. 185e; π. τῷ βλαβερῷ καὶ ἀηδέστατον Id.Phdr. 240b
; π. τούτοισι besides this, Hdt.2.51, cf. A.Pers. 237 (troch.), etc.; rarely in sg., π. τούτῳ Hdt.1.31
,41; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, Th.2.61, etc.:—cf. the Advb. usage, infr. D.

C WITH ACCUS., it expresses motion or direction towards an object:

I of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion, ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον Il.1.420
; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc., Od.2.288, etc.; ἰέναι π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε Il.12.239
; φέρειν προτὶ ἄστυ, ἄγειν προτὶ Ἴλιον, etc., 13.538, 657, etc.; ἄγεσθαιπρὸς οἶκον, ἐρύεσθαι ποτὶ Ἴλιον, 9.147,18.174; ὠθεῖν, δίεσθαι προτὶ ἄστυ, 16.45, 15.681, etc.; ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα Od.8.374
; βαλεῖν ποτὶ πέτρας 12.71
; κυλινδόμενα προτὶ χέρσον 9.147
; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, LXX Nu.24.25; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) Plu. Cat.Ma.3.

2 with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, Il.22.112, Od.8.66; ἅρματα.. ἔκλιναν π. ἐνώπια Il.8.435
; ἔγχος ἔστησε π. κίονα Od.1.127
; ποτὶ τοῖχον ἀρηρότες 2.342
; ποτὶ βωμὸν ἵζεσθαι 22.334
; πρὸς γοῦνα καθέζετό τινος 18.395
; π. ἄλλοτ' ἄλλον πημονὴ προσιζάνει A.Pr. 278
; τὰ πολλὰ πατρὸς π. τάφον κτερίσματα S.El. 931
; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ' dub. in Id.Ph.23; later, ἔστη π. τὸν στῦλον LXX 4 Ki.23.3
; ὁ ὄχλος π. τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦσαν Ev.Marc.4.1
; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, 1 Ep.Cor.16.6;
ἐκήδευσαν τὸν.. πατέρα.. π. τοὺς λοιποὺς συγγενεῖς
beside, Supp.Epigr.6.106
([place name] Cotiaeum).

b of addition, ποὶ τὰν στάλαν ποιγραψάνσθω τάδε SIG56.46
(Argos, v B. C.); ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα Ar.Nu.63
, cf. Hdt.6.125, X.HG1.5.6, Pl.Phlb. 33c, Arist.Rh. 1359b28; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, IG22.1227.9; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, LXX Ge.49.33.

3 with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc., towards, ἰδεῖν π. τινά Od.12.244
, al.; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, A.Supp. 725, Ar.Ach. 291, etc.; ἀνταυγεῖ π. Ὄλυμπον Emp.44
; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, Il.11.622 (similarly, πέτονται πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα against the wind, Arist.HA 597a32); κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, Il.8.364: freq. of points of the compass, π. ζόφον κεῖσθαι lie towards the West, Od.9.26; ναίειν π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε 13.240
; στάντα π. πρώτην ἕω S.OC 477
; so in Prose, π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς Hdt. 1.201
, cf. 4.40; π. βορέην τε καὶ νότον Id.2.149
; also ἀκτὴ π. Τυρσηνίην τετραμμένη τῆς Σικελίης Id.6.22
(v. supr. A. 1.2); π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, Ar.V. 772; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, Id. Pax 692, Jul.Ep.4; π. τὸ λύχνον Hippon.22
Diehl, cf. Arist.Mete. 375a27; πὸτ τὸ πῦρ Ar.Ach. 751
; πρὸς τὸ πῦρ Pl.R. 372d
, cf. Arist.Pr. 870a21; π. φῶς in open day, S.El. 640; but, by torch-light, Plu.2.237a.

4 in hostile sense, against, π. Τρῶας μάχεαι Il.17.471
; ἐστρατόωνθ'.. π. τείχεα Θήβης 4.378
; π. δαίμονα against his will, 17.98; βεβλήκει π. στῆθος 4.108
; γούνατ' ἐπήδα π. ῥόον ἀΐσσοντος 21.303
; χρὴ π. θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Pi.P.2.88
; π. τοὐμὸν σπέρμα χωρήσαντα S.Tr. 304
; ἐπιέναι π. τινάς Th.2.65
; ὅσα ἔπραξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες π. τε ἀλλήλους καὶ τὸν βάρβαρον Id.1.118
; ἀγωνίζεσθαι π. τινά Pl.R. 579c
; ἀντιτάττεσθαι π. πόλιν X.Cyr.3.1.18
: also in argument, in reply to, ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται Pl.Prt. 345c
; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, D.20 tit., etc.; μήτε π. ἐμὲ μήτε κατ' ἐμοῦ δίκην εἶναι Is.11.34
.

5 without any hostile sense, π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ' ἀγόρευον Il.3.155
,cf.5.274,11.403,17.200; π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι Od.17.584
; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, Hdt. 1.8,90, Ar.V. 335, Nu. 359; ἀπαγγεῖλαι π. τινάς A.Ch. 267
; μνησθῆναι π. τινά Lys.1.19
, etc.; ἀμείψασθαι π. τινά Hdt.8.60
codd.; ἀποκρίνεσθαι π. τινάς Ar.Ach. 632
, Th.5.42; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ' αὐτόν he swore to me, Od.14.331: π. sts. governs the reflex. pron., διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς Is.7.45
; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, Isoc.6.52, 15.60; π. ἐμαυτὸν.. ἐλογιζόμην Pl.Ap. 21d
; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, Ar.Ec. 880, 931; ἐπικωκύω.. αὐτὴ π. αὑτήν S.El. 285
.

b π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, Hp.Nat.Puer. 30.

6 of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π... Διομήδεα τεύχε' ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, Il.6.235; ὅσα.. ξυμβόλαια.. ἦν τοῖς ἰδιώταις π. τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἢ ἰδιώτῃ π. τὸ κοινόν IG12.116.19
; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, Th.4.15, Plb.1.17.6; ξυγχωρεῖν π. τινάς Th.2.59
; γίγνεται ὁμολογία π. τινάς Id.7.82
, cf. Hdt. 1.61; π. τινὰς ξυμμαχίαν ποιεῖς θαι Th.5.22
; π. ἀλλήλους ἡσυχίαν εἶχον καὶ π. τοὺς ἄλλους.. εἰρήνην ἦγον Isoc.7.51
; π. ἀλλήλους ἔχθραι τε καὶ στέργηθρα A.Pr. 491
; also σαίνειν ποτὶ πάντας Pi.P.2.82
, cf. O.4.6; παίζειν πρός τινας E.HF 952
, etc.; ἀφροδισιάζειν π. τινά X.Mem.1.3.14
; ἀγαθὸς γίγνεσθαι π. τινά Th.1.86
; εὐσεβὴς π. τινὰς πέλειν A.Supp. 340
; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with.., X.Mem.1.6.1, Aeschin.2.38,40, 3.219; κοινοῦσθαι π. τινάς Pl.Lg. 930c
; π. τοὺς οἰκέτας ἀνακοινοῦσθαι περὶ τῶν μεγίστων Thphr.Char.4.2
; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with.., D.52.3, cf. SIG241.127 (Delph., iv B. C.); ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν IG12(7).55.8
(Amorgos, iv/iii B. C.), cf. D. 47.34.

b in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sts. means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, X.Cyr.3.1.39; ἡ π. ὑμᾶς ἔχθρα Id.HG3.5.10
; ἡ ἀπέχθεια ἡ π. τοὺς πλουσίους Arist.Pol. 1305a23
; τὴν π. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχουσαν D.18.314
, cf. SIG352.13 (Ephesus, iv/iii B. C.), al.; φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά IG12(5).305.13
([place name] Paros): but sts. at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, Th.5.105; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, Id.2.45; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους.. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, D.18.36, cf.6.3, 19.85; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, Is.1.17, cf. Pl.Ap. 21c, 28a, Isoc.15.101,19.50, Lycurg.135, Din.1.19, etc.; τίνος ὄντος ἐμοὶ π. ὑμᾶς ἐγκλήματος; Lys.10.23
, cf. 16.10; τιμώμενος.. διὰ τὴν π. ὑμᾶς πίστιν Din.3.12
, cf. Lys.12.67, D.20.25; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, Id.25.93; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, Plb.23.7.5.

7 of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc., τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο.. π. μνήμονας SIG45.8
(Halic., v B. C.), cf. IG7.15.1 (Megara, ii B. C.); γράφεσθαι αὐτὸν κλοπῆς.. π. τοὺς ἐπιμελητάς ib.12.65.46; ἀτέλειαν εἶναι αὐτῷ καὶ δίκας π. τὸν πολέμαρχον ib.153.7; λόγον διδόντων τῶν.. χρημάτων.. π. τοὺς λογιστάς ib.91.27; before a jury, ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν Lys. 26.14
; ἀντιδικῆσαι τῷ παιδὶ.. π. ὑμᾶς Is.11.19
codd. (dub.); before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, Id.3.25; ὀμόσαντες πὸ (τ) τὸν θεόν Schwyzer 418.11
([place name] Elis); φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, ib.415.7(ibid.); λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, D.43.15, Lex ib.21.47, cf. Arist.Ath.56.6; τοῖς ἐμπόροις εἶναι τὰς δίκας π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας D.33.1
; θέντων τὰ.. ποτήρια.. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P., IPE12.32A15 (Olbia, iii B. C.); also διαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς X. Mem. 1.2.31
, cf. D.7.33.

II of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about, ποτὶ ἕσπερα Od.17.191
; ποτὶἕσπερον Hes.Op. 552
; πρὸς ἑσπέραν Pl.R. 328a
; ἐπεὶ π. ἑσπέραν ἦν X.HG4.3.22
; π. ἡμέραν Id.An.4.5.21
; π. ὄρθρον Ar.Lys. 1089
; ποτ' ὄρθρον (nisi leg. πότορθρον) Theoc.5.126, Erinn. in PSI9.1090.48 + 8 (p.xii); πρὸς ἕω Ar.Ec. 312
; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, Theoc.18.55, Pl.Smp. 223c; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, E.Med. 592, Pl.Lg. 653a; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, Pi.O.1.67; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, IG22.1368.41: later, π.τὸ παρόν for the moment, Luc.Ep. Sat.28, etc.; v. infr. 111.5.

III of Relation between two objects,

1 in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc., Th.2.17, etc.; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, D.14.2; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, Th.1.128; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, S.Ph. 1441; μέτεστι π. τὰ ἴδια διάφορα πᾶσι τὸ ἴσον.. ἐλευθέρως δὲ τὰ π. τὸ κοινὸν πολιτεύομεν Th.2.37
;
οὐδὲν διοίσει π. τὸ γενέσθαι..
in respect of.., Arist.APr. 24a25
, cf. Pl.Phd. 111b; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, D.18.44, cf. 21,60, Isoc.4.12; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, PAmh.91.18 (ii A. D.); π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις LXX 2 Ma.4.28
; ἐὰν.. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, D.40.61; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. ap.Plb.39.2.3, Suid.; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, D.21.44; λόγος ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ π. Ἀθηναίους Philonid. 1
D.; π. Ἰάσονά ἐστιν αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς τιμῆς PHamb.27.8
(iii B. C.), cf. PCair.Zen.150.18 (iii B. C.); ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (sc. ὁ λόγος ) he shall have to reckon with God, Supp.Epigr.6.188, cf. 194, al. ([place name] Eumenia); without αὐτῷ, ib.236 ([place name] Phrygia); ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν MAMA1.168
, cf. Supp.Epigr.6.302 (Laodicea Combusta); ἕξει π. τὸν Θεόν ib.300, al. (ibid.); ἕξει π. τὴν ἐωνίαν κρίσιν ib.4.733 ([place name] Eukhaita), cf. 6.841 ([place name] Cyprus); π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς Suid.
s.v. ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ, cf. 2 Ep.Cor.5.12: with Advbs., ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν π. τι X.Mem.1.3.14
, etc.; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, Arist.Cat. 1b25, 6a36, al.; τὸ π. τι, Pythag. name for two, Theol.Ar.8; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 72a1; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί c. acc., perpendicular to, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.3, Spir.20; ἁ Δζ ποτὶ τὰν ΑΔ ἀμβλεῖαν ποιεῖ γωνίαν ib.16.

2 in reference to, in consequence of, πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα Hdt.3.52
, cf. 4.161;
π. τὴν φήμην
in view of.., Id.3.153
, cf. Th.8.39; χαλεπαίνειν π. τι Id.2.59
; ἀθύμως ἔχειν π. τι X.HG4.5.4
, etc.: with neut. Pron.,
π. τί;
wherefore? to what end? S.OT 766
, 1027, etc.; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, Id.Aj. 1018; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, Sch.Il.9.23;
π. ταῦτα
therefore, this being so, Hdt.5.9
,40, A.Pr. 915, 992, S.OT 426, etc.; cf. οὗτος c. v111.1b.

3 in reference to or for a purpose, ἕστηκεν.. μῆλα π. σφαγάς A.Ag. 1057
; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, Pl.Grg. 474d, Prt. 322b; ὡς π. τί χρείας; S.OT 1174
, cf. OC71, Tr. 1182; ἕτοιμος π. τι X.Mem.4.5.12
; ἱκανῶς ὡς π. τὴν παροῦσαν χρείαν Arist. Cael. 269b21
; ἢν ἀρήγειν φαίνηται π. τὴν σύμπασαν νοῦσον Hp.Acut. 60
; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, Dsc.1.6; ἐθέλοντες τὰ π. τὴν νοῦσον ἡδέα μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ π. τὴν ὑγιείην προσδέχεσθαι Hp. de Arte7
.

b with a view to or for a future time, ὅπως.. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται SIG679.62
(Senatus consultum, ii B. C.); θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα Plu.Per.13
.

c = πρός B. 11, ἐγίνετο π. ἀναζογήν Plb.3.92.8
; ὄντων π. τὸ κωλύειν Id.1.26.3
, cf. 1.29.3, al., Plu.Nic.5.

4 in proportion or relation to, in comparison with, κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον Hdt.3.34
; ἔργα λόγου μέζω π. πᾶσαν χώρην Id.2.35
; π. πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους Id.3.94
, 8.44; πολλὴν ἂν οἶμαι ἀπιστίαν τῆς δυνάμεως.. π. τὸ κλέος αὐτῶν εἶναι Th.1.10
, cf. Pi.O.2.88, Pl. Prt. 327d, 328c, Phd. 102c, etc.; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between.., Th.1.10; τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ἔργων π. τὸ αἴσχιστον συμβαλεῖν Lycurg.68
; ἓν π. ἓν συμβάλλειν Hdt.4.50
; also ἔχεις π. τὰ ἔτη μέλαιναν τὴν τρίχα Thphr. Char.2.3
; ἐνδεεστέρως ἢ π. τὴν ἐξουσίαν Th.4.39
: also of mathematical ratio, οἷος ὁ πρῶτος (sc. ὅρος) ποτὶ τὸν δεύτερον, καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ποτὶ τὸν τρίτον Archyt.2
, cf. Philol.11, Pl.Ti. 36b, Arist.Rh. 1409a4, al., Euc. 5 Def.4, etc.; πρὸς παρεὸν.. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), Emp.106: also of price, value, πωλεῖσθαι δὶς π. ἀργύριον sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, Thphr.HP9.6.4; πωλεῖται ὁ σταθμὸς αὐτοῦ π. διπλοῦν ἀργύριον Dsc.1.19
; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται.. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes ap.Ath.3.93b: metaph., π. ἀρετήν Pl.Phd. 69a
; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, Arist.Ath.51.3; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, IG22.1013.14, cf. PHib. 1.32.9 (iii B. C.), IG5(1).1390.78 (Andania, i B. C.); τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα SIG364.42
(Ephesus, iii B. C.); θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν IPE12.32A16
(Olbia, iii B. C.); τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, Plb. 38.11.10, cf. 1.72.5, 5.27.4,5,7,5.108.1, PTeb.707.9 (ii B. C.); τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας Plb.25.3.1
, cf. SIG742.31 (Ephesus, i B. C.); ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον.. π. χαλκόν IG7.3073.6
(Lebad., ii B. C.), cf. PSI5.356.7 (iii B. C.), PTeb. 825 (a).16 (ii B. C.), Sammelb.5106.3 (ii B. C.); οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι Jul. Or.1.42b
; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', Men.828 (also π. ἅλα δειπνεῖν καὶ κύαμον, i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, Plu.2.684f); so ἡδονὰς π. ἡδονὰς.. καταλλάττεσθαι Pl.Phd. 69a
; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra, π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι Aeschin.2.126
, cf. Arist.Ath.67.2,3,69.2; λεγέσθω τᾶς δίκας ὁ μὲν πρᾶτος λόγος ἑκατέροις ποτὶ χόας δεκαοκτώ SIG953.17
(Calymna, ii B. C.); λεξάντων πρὸς τὴν τήρησιν τοῦ ὕδατος ib.683.60 (Olympia, ii B. C.); π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K., Epin. 2; π. κλεψύδρας Arist.Po. 1451a8
; π. ὀλίγον ὕδωρ ἀναγκαζόμενος λέγειν D.41.30
; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time, ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν J.BJ5.9.1
, cf. Alex.Aphr. in Top.560.2, Hld.2.19, POxy67.14 (iv A.D.), Orib.Fr.116, Gp.4.15.8; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, Antyll. ap. Orib.9.24.26, Paul.Aeg.Prooem.; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν Poet. in Mus.Script.p.452 von Jan; μήτηρ δ' ἦν π. μικρόν Sammelb. 7288.4
([place name] Ptolemaic); π. βραχύ Jul.Or.1.47b
(but π. βραχὺ παρηβηκυίας (by) a little past their best, Gp.4.15.3); π. βραχὺν καιρόν Iamb. Protr. 21
.
κα'; π. τὸ ἀκαρές Porph.Gaur.3.3
; π. μίαν ἢ δευτέραν ἡμέραν Dsc. 2.101
, cf. Sor.1.56; π. δύο ἡμέρας ἐκοίμησα ἐκεῖ BGU775.8
(ii A. D.); π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν Sammelb. 7399
(ii A.D.), cf. M.Ant.12.4; προστιμάσθω π. χρόνον μὴ εἰσελθεῖν ὅσον ἂν δόξῃ IG22.1368.89
.

5 in or by reference to, according to, in view of, π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι Hdt. 1.20
, cf. 113, Th.6.46,47, IG22.1.20, etc.; π. τὴν παροῦσαν ἀρρωστίαν Th.7.47
; ἵνα π. τὸν ὑπάρχοντα καιρὸν ἕκαστα θεωρῆτε D.18.17
, cf. 314, etc.; εἴ τι δεῖ τεκμαίρεσθαι π. τὸν ἄλλον τρόπον Id.27.22
; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, Id.19.226; ἐλευθέρου τὸ μὴ π. ἄλλον ζῆν Arist.Rh. 1367a32
; π. τοῦτον πάντ' ἐσκόπουν, π. τοῦτον ἐποιοῦντο τὴν εἰρήνην D.19.63
; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, Arist.Pol. 1310a14; ὁρῶ.. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, D.15.28;
π. τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα
according to.., E.Hipp. 701
; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, IG5(2).343.41,60 (Orchom. Arc.); τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, Leg.Gort.5.44, cf. 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ.. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, IG22.1013.7; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, ib. 30, cf. PAmh.43.10 (ii B. C.); [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, Arist.Ath.10.2; ὀρθὸν π. τὸν διαβήτην IG22.1668.9
, cf. 95,7.3073.108 (Lebad., ii B. C.); π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, D.C.Fr.104.6.

6 with the accompaniment of musical instruments, π. κάλαμον Pi.O.10(11).84
; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, E.Alc. 346, X.Smp.6.3, etc.; π. λύραν.. ᾄδειν SIG662.13
(Delos, ii B. C.); π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, D.S.5.34.

7 [full] πρός c.acc. freq. periphr. for Adv., π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion, νῦν χρὴ.. τινα π. βίαν πώνην Alc.20
(s.v.l.); π. βίαν ἐπίνομεν Ar.Ach.73
; τὸ π. βίαν πίνειν ἴσον πέφυκε τῷ διψῆν κακόν S.Fr. 735
; ἥκω.. π. βίαν under compulsion, Critias 16.10 D.; by force, forcibly, A.Pr. 210, 355, etc.; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, Id.Eu.5 (but also, in spite of any one, S.OC 657); π. τὸ βίαιον A.Ag. 130
(lyr.); π. τὸ καρτερόν Id.Pr. 214
; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, Id.Th. 498, Pers. 569 (lyr.); οὐ διαχωρέεει [ἡ γαστὴρ] εἰ μὴ π. ἀνάγκην Hp. Prog.8
,19; π. ἰσχύος κράτος S.Ph. 594
; π. ἡδονὴν εἶναί τινι A.Pr. 494
; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, Th.2.65, S.El. 921, D.4.38, cf. E.Med. 773; οἱ πάντα π. ἡδονὴν ἐπαινοῦντες Arist.EN 1126b13
; ἅπαντα π. ἡδ. ζητεῖν D.1.15
, cf. 18.4; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, Hp.Mul.2.133; πίνειν π. ἡδ. Pl. Smp. 176e
; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, Th.2.53; π. χάριν so as to gratify, μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. D.8.1
, cf. S.OT 1152; π. χάριν δημηγορεῖν D.3.3
, etc.: c. gen. rei, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of, π. χ. βορᾶς S.Ant.30
, cf. Ph. 1156 (lyr.);
π. ἰσχύος χ.
by means of, E.Med. 538
; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, S.El. 369, Th.2.65, D.53.16 (v.l.); π. ὀργὴν ἐλθεῖν τινι Id.39.23
, etc.; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, S.OC 1119; π. εὐσέβειαν Id.El. 464
; π. καιρόν seasonably, Id.Aj.38, etc.; π. φύσιν Id.Tr. 308
; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, Antiph.226.2; π. μέρος in due proportion, D.36.32; π. ὀλίγον μέρος Gp.2.15.1
; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, Il.14.403; π. ὀρθὰς (sc. γωνίας ( .. τῇ AEB at right angles to, Arist.Mete. 373a14, cf. Euc.1.11, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.3; π. ὀρθὴν τέμνουσα Arist.Mete. 363b2
; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, Luc.Tox.9, Hist.Conscr.38; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, Ath.15.687a, cf. Luc. JTr.48, Alex.61: c. [comp] Sup., π. τὰ μέγιστα in the highest degree, Hdt.8.20.

8 of Numbers. up to, about, Plb.16.7.5, etc.: cf. πρόσπου.

D ABS. AS ADV., besides, over and above; in Hom. always π. δέ or ποτὶ δέ, Il.5.307, 10.108, al., cf. Hdt.1.71, etc.; π. δὲ καί ib. 164, 207; π. δὲ ἔτι Id.3.74
; καὶ π. Id.7.154
, 184, prob. in A.Ch. 301, etc.; καὶ π. γε E.Hel. 110
, Pl.R. 328a, 466e; καὶ.. γε π. A.Pr.73
; καὶ δὴ π. Hdt.5.67
; freq. at the end of a second clause, τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. E.Or. 622
; ἀλογία.., καὶ ἀμαθία γε π. Pl.Men. 90e
, cf. E.Ph. 610; ἐνενήκοντα καὶ μικρόν τι π. D.4.28
, cf. 22.60.

E IN COMPOS.,

I motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc.

II addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc.

III a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaph. connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc.

F REMARKS,

1 in poetry πρός sts. stands after its case and before an attribute, ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός A.Pr. 653
, cf. Th. 185, S.OT 178 (lyr.), E.Or.94; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ) σφέτερον Il.17.419
, cf. Pi.O.4.5.

2 in Hom. it is freq. separated from its Verb by tmesis.

3 sts. (in violation of the rule given by A.D.Synt.127.8, Pron.42.5) followed by an enclit. Pron., πρός με S.Aj. 292
, Ar.Pl. 1055, D.18.14 (v.l.), Men.978, Pk.77, Com.Adesp.15.25 D., 22.68 D., etc.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρός
9 πᾶς

πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν gen. παντός, πάσης, παντός (dat. pl. πᾶσι and πᾶσιν vary considerably in the mss.; s. W-S. §5, 28; cp. Rob. 219–21; on the use of the art. s. B-D-F §275) (Hom. +).

① pert. to totality with focus on its individual components, each, every, any

ⓐ adj., used w. a noun without the art.

α. in the sing. emphasizing the individual members of the class denoted by the noun every, each, any, scarcely different in mng. fr. the pl. ‘all’: πᾶν δένδρον Mt 3:10; Lk 3:9. πᾶσα φυτεία Mt 15:13. πᾶσα φάραγξ, πᾶν ὄρος Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4). πᾶς τόπος 4:37. πᾶς ἄνθρωπος J 1:9; 2:10; Ro 3:4 (Ps 115:2); Gal 5:3; Col 1:28abd; Js 1:19. πᾶσα γυνή GJs 11:2. πᾶν ἔθνος Ac 17:26a. πᾶσα ψυχή (Pla., Phdr. 249e) 2:43; 3:23 (cp. Lev 23:29); Ro 2:9; Jd 15. πᾶσα ἡμέρα Ac 5:42; 17:17. πᾶν σάββατον 18:4. πᾶσα ἀρχὴ καὶ πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 Cor 15:24 (cp. Just., D. 111, 2 οὗ τὸ ὄνομα πᾶσα ἀρχὴ δέδιεν). πᾶσα συνείδησις 2 Cor 4:2. πᾶς ἅγιος Phil 4:21. πᾶς οἶκος Hb 3:4 (GJs 7:3). πᾶσα ἀντιλογία 7:7. πᾶσα παιδεία all discipline 12:11. πᾶς ὀφθαλμός Rv 1:7a. πᾶν κτίσμα 5:13a.—Mt 23:35; Lk 2:23 (Ex 13:2); 4:13; 21:36; 2 Th 2:4 (Da 11:36). πᾶσα κτίσις every creature Col 1:15; ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει to every creature vs. 23. πᾶσα γραφή 2 Ti 3:16 (s. γραφή 2a).—πᾶσα σάρξ (כָּל־בָּשָׂר; used in the OT, also En 1:9; TestGad 7:2; GrBar 4:10; but not in EpArist, Philo, nor Joseph.) all flesh Lk 3:6 (Is 40:5); AcPlCor 2:6 and 16 (s. also 3b below). Mostly w. a neg. (so also En 14:21; 17:6) οὐ (or μή) … πᾶσα σάρξ no flesh = no one Mt 24:22; Mk 13:20; Ro 3:20; 1 Cor 1:29; Gal 2:16 (cp. GrBar 8:7 οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα πνοή). Other sim. neg. expressions are also Hebraistic (s. B-D-F §302, 1; Mlt-H. 433f) οὐ … πᾶν ῥῆμα not a thing, nothing Lk 1:37 (cp. PRyl 113, 12f [133 A.D.] μὴ … πᾶν πρᾶγμα). οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινόν I have never eaten anything common Ac 10:14. Cp. Rv 7:1, 16; 9:4; 21:27. Also in reverse order, πᾶς … οὐ or μή (Ex 12:16; Sir 8:19; 10:6, but s. also GLee, ET 63, ’51f, 156) 18:22; Eph 4:29; 5:5; 2 Pt 1:20; 1J 2:21; 3:15b.—Only rarely is a ptc. used w. πᾶς in this way: παντὸς ἀκούοντος when anyone hears Mt 13:19. παντὶ ὀφείλοντι Lk 11:4 (Mlt-Turner 196f).

β. w. a noun in the pl., without the art. πάντες ἄνθρωποι all people/men, everyone (Lysias 12, 60; Andoc. 3, 25; X., Cyr. 7, 5, 52, Mem. 4, 4, 19; Demosth. 8, 5; 18, 72) Ac 22:15; Ro 5:12a, 18ab; 12:17, 18; 1 Cor 7:7; 15:19; 2 Cor 3:2; Phil 4:5; 1 Th 2:15; 1 Ti 2:4; 4:10; Tit 2:11. πάντες ἄγγελοι θεοῦ Hb 1:6 (Dt 32:43; cp. Demosth. 18, 294 πάντες θεοί).

ⓑ adj. used with a noun or ptc. with the art.

α. in the sing. Oft. πᾶς ὁ, πάσα ἡ, πᾶν τό is used w. a ptc. (B-D-F §413, 2 and 3) every one who, whoever πᾶς ὁ (Soph., Aj. 152; Demosth. 23, 97; Sir 22:2, 26; 1 Macc 1:52; 2:27) πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος Mt 5:22. Cp. vss. 28, 32; 7:8, 26 (=πᾶς ὅστις vs. 24; s. below); Lk 6:47; 11:10; 14:11; 16:18; 18:14; 19:26; J 3:8, 15f, 20; 4:13; 6:40; 8:34; 18:37; Ac 10:43b; 13:39; Ro 2:1, 10; 10:4, 11; 1 Cor 9:25; Gal 3:13; 2 Ti 2:19; Hb 5:13; 1J 2:23, 29 al.; 2J 9; Rv 22:18.—πᾶν τό everything that (1 Macc 10:41): πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον Mt 15:17; Mk 7:18. πᾶν τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:34. πᾶν τὸ πωλούμενον 1 Cor 10:25; cp. vs. 27. πᾶν τὸ φανερούμενον Eph 5:14. πᾶν τὸ γεγεννημένον 1J 5:4.—An equivalent of this expr. is πᾶς ὅς (or ὅστις), πᾶν ὅ every one who, whatever (s. above and s. B-D-F §293, 1; 413, 2; Rob. 727; 957), masc.: Mt 7:24; 10:32; 19:29; Lk 12:8, 10 (RHolst, ZNW 63, ’72, 122–24), 48; 14:33; Ac 2:21 (πᾶς ὸ̔ς ἐάν, s. Jo 2:32); Ro 10:13 (πᾶς ὸ̔ς ἄν, s. Jo 3:5); Gal 3:10. Neut. (Jdth 12:14.—Jos., Ant. 5, 211 πᾶν ὅ = πάντες οἱ): J 6:37, 39; 17:2b; Ro 14:23; Col 3:17 (πᾶν ὅ τι ἐάν).

β. w. a noun in the pl., w. the art. all

א. w. substantives: πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί Mt 1:17; Lk 1:48; Eph 3:21; GJs 6:2 al. πάντας τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Mt 2:4. Cp. vs. 16; 4:8; 11:13; Mk 4:13, 31f; 6:33; Lk 1:6; 2:51; 6:26; J 18:20; Ac 1:18; 3:18; 10:12, 43a; 14:16; Ro 1:5; 15:11 (Ps 116:1); 16:4; 1 Cor 12:26ab; 2 Cor 8:18; 11:28; Eph 4:10; 6:16b; Col 2:13; 1 Ti 6:10; Hb 4:4 (Gen 2:2 and 3); 9:21; Js 1:8; Rv 1:7b; 7:11; 15:4 al.—Used w. a demonstr. pron.: πᾶσαι αἱ παρθένοι ἐκεῖναι Mt 25:7. πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους 26:1. πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα Lk 1:65; 2:19.—Somet. following the noun: τὰς πόλεις πάσας Mt 9:35; Ac 8:40. οἱ μαθηταὶ πάντες the disciples, one and all Mt 26:56. αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι Ac 16:26a. Cp. Ro 16:16; 1 Cor 7:17; 13:2a; 15:7; 16:20; 1 Th 5:26; 2 Ti 4:21; Rv 8:3. οἱ Ἱεροσολυμῖται πάντες Mk 1:5.—On the position of ἐκεῖνος, ἕνεκα, πᾶς s. NTurner, VetusT 5, ’55, 208–13.

ב. w. participles πάντες οἱ: πάντες οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες Mt 4:24. πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες 11:28; cp. 21:12; 26:52; Lk 1:66; 2:47; 13:17; Ac 1:19; 2:44; 4:16; 5:5, 11; 6:15; 9:14; 28:30; Ro 1:7; 4:11; 1 Cor 1:2; Eph 6:24; 1 Th 1:7; 2 Th 1:10; 2 Ti 3:12; 4:8; Hb 5:9; 13:24; 2J 1; Rv 13:8; 18:24. Following the ptc. οἱ κατοικοῦντες πάντες Ac 2:14. ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν 20:32.—πάντα τά: πάντα τὰ γενόμενα Mt 18:31. πάντα τὰ ὑπάρχοντα 24:47; Lk 12:44; 1 Cor 13:3. Cp. Lk 17:10; 18:31; 21:36; J 18:4; Ac 10:33b. Used w. a demonstr. pron.: περὶ πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων τούτων Lk 24:14. Following: τὰ γινόμενα πάντα 9:7.

ג. w. prepositional expressions, w. which ὄντες (ὄντα) is to be supplied (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 24 [Stone p. 10] πάντα τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] πάντες σου οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις): πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Mt 5:15; Ac 16:32. πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ Lk 5:9. πάντες οἱ ἐν τοῖς μνημείοις J 5:28. πάντες οἱ εἰς μακράν Ac 2:39. Cp. 5:17. πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ Ro 9:6. Cp. 2 Ti 1:15; 1 Pt 5:14. πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς Ac 4:24; 14:15 (Ex 20:11); cp. 17:24. Following: οἱ μετʼ ἐμοῦ πάντες Tit 3:15a (πάντες οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ JosAs 27:7).

ⓒ π. used w. pronouns

α. w. personal pronouns: πάντες ἡμεῖς we all Ac 2:32; 10:33a; 26:14; 28:2; Ro 4:16b. πάντες ὑμεῖς Mt 23:8; 26:31; Lk 9:48; Ac 4:10a; 22:3; Ro 1:8; 15:33; 2 Cor 7:15; Gal 3:28; Phil 1:4, 7ab, 8; 1 Th 1:2; 2 Th 3:16c, 18; Tit 3:15b; Hb 13:25. πάντες αὐτοί Ac 4:33; 19:17b; 20:36. Following the pron.: ἡμεῖς πάντες J 1:16; Ro 8:32a; 2 Cor 3:18; Eph 2:3. ὑμεῖς πάντες Ac 20:25. αὐτοὶ πάντες Mt 12:15; 1 Cor 15:10. W. art. οἱ πάντες ἡμεῖς 2 Cor 5:10.

β. w. a demonstr. pron.: πάντες οὗτοι these all, all these Ac 2:7 v.l. Mostly following the pron.: οὗτοι πάντες 1:14; 17:7; Hb 11:13, 39. πάντα ταῦτα Mt 6:32; 24:8; Lk 7:18; Ac 24:8; 1 Cor 12:11; Col 3:14; 1 Th 4:6; Hm 5, 2, 5 cj. Joly. ταῦτα πάντα Mt 4:9; 6:33; 13:34, 51; Lk 12:30; Ac 7:50; Ro 8:37; 2 Pt 3:11.

γ. πάντες ὅσοι, πάντα ὅσα all who, everything that, masc.: Lk 4:40 v.l. (for ἅπαντες); J 10:8. Neut. (TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 17 [Stone p. 20]; TestJob 4:2; GrBar 7:2; Philo, Aet. M. 15; 28; Jos., Ant. 8, 242; Just., A I, 44, 9) Mt 7:12; 13:46; 18:25; 21:22; Mk 11:24; 12:44b; Lk 18:12, 22; J 10:41. πάντες, ὸ̔ς ἄν Hs 7:7.

ⓓ subst.

α. πάντες, πᾶσαι all, everyone (even when only two are involved = both: Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 27 §105 [Caesar and Pompey]) Mt 10:22; 14:20; 15:37; 21:26; 26:27; Mk 1:37; 5:20; Lk 1:63 and oft. πάντες ἥμαρτον Ro 5:12 (on the sinfulness of πάντες cp. the saying of Bias s.v. πολύς 1aβא; FDanker, Ro 5:12, Sin under Law, NTS 14, ’68, 430, n. 1).—οὐ πάντες not everyone Mt 19:11. Cp. J 13:10; Ro 10:16.—πάντων as partitive and comparative gen. ὕστερον πάντων last of all Mt 22:27; cp. Mk 12:22, 43. Even in ref. to a fem. (Thu. 4, 52, 3; Aristoph., Av. 472) ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων Mk 12:28 (but s. B-D-F §164, 1).

β. πάντα all things, everything. Abs. (Chrysippus in Stob., Ecl. 1, 1, 26 p. 31 W.; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6; M. Ant. 4, 23; Ael. Aristid. 43, 9 K.=1 p. 3 D.: ἀρχὴ ἁπάντων Ζεύς τε καὶ ἐκ Διὸς πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; Hymn to Selene in PGM 4, 2838f ἐκ σέο γὰρ πάντʼ ἐστὶ καὶ εἰς σʼ, αἰώνιε, πάντα τελευτᾷ [s. 4dβ]; PGM 5, 139; PKöln VI, 245, 16 of Athena [s. ed.’s comments]) Mt 11:27 = Lk 10:22 (s. the lit. on this pass. s.v. υἱός 2dβ. The word πάντα here is variously understood of authority and power [so ASchlatter (Mt), FBüchsel (TW II 173) et al.] or of knowledge and teaching: ENorden [Agn. Th. 288], TZahn [Mt], Grundmann [Lk] et al.; also JFitzmyer: “the knowledge of the mutual relation of himself and God” [AB Comm. Luke II 874]. IMarshall [Lk] follows BReicke [TW V 993 n. 289] and opts for both power and knowledge); J 1:3; 3:35; 21:17; 1 Cor 2:10; 15:27a (Ps 8:7), b, 28cd (πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν w. a somewhat different coloring: Dio Chrys. 54 [71], 1); Eph 1:22a (Ps 8:7); Rv 21:5. Here we may class ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων θεός (cp. Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 10; 13, 12, 4 ἐπὶ πάντων εἶναι τ. θεόν; Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 23 τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ) God, who rules over all Ro 9:5 (θεός 2). ὁ πάντων δεσπότης GJs 20:3 (codd.); cp. 11:2.—Of a ‘whole’ that is implied fr. the context: πάντα ἀποδώσω σοι Mt 18:26. Cp. 22:4; Mk 4:34; Lk 1:3; Ro 8:28 (s. Black s.v. συνεργέω); 2 Cor 6:10; Gal 4:1; Phil 2:14; 1 Th 5:21; 2 Ti 2:10; Tit 1:15; 1J 2:27; GJs 18:3 codd. πάντα ὑμῶν ἐστιν everything is yours, belongs to you 1 Cor 3:21, cp. 22 (Plut., Cic. 873 [25, 4] πάντα τοῦ σοφοῦ εἶναι; Diog. L. 6, 72). πάντα ὑμῶν everything you do 16:14. πρῶτον πάντων 1 Ti 2:1. πάντα four times as anaphora (rhetorical repetition) 1 Cor 13:7 (cp. Libanius, Or. 3 p. 275, 4 πάντα φθεγγόμενοι, πάντα ἐργαζόμενοι, πάντα χαριζόμενοι).—The acc. of specification stands almost in the sense of an adv. (B-D-F §154; Rob. 487) πάντα in all respects, in every way, altogether (Hom. et al.; Aelian, VH 12, 25; Jos., Ant. 9, 166; SibOr 3, 205; Ath. 35, 2) Ac 20:35 (perh. always, as Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 22 p. 590); 1 Cor 9:25b. πάντα πᾶσιν ἀρέσκω (s. ἀρέσκω 2a) 10:33; 11:2. Cp. KGrobel, JBL 66, ’47, 366 and s. τὰ πάντα in 4dβ below.—W. a prep.: εἰς πάντα in all respects, in every way (Pla., Charm. 6, 158a, Leg. 5, 738a; Appian, Iber. 17 §64, Bell. Civ. 4, 92 §385; BGU 798, 7) 2 Cor 2:9. ἐν πᾶσιν in all respects, in every way (PGiss 69, 8; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 112 §467 [here ἐν ἅπασιν=in all respects]; Just., D. 80, 1 ἀσφαλὴς ἐν πᾶσι); 1 Ti 3:11; 2 Ti 2:7; 4:5; Tit 2:9, 10b; Hb 13:4, 18; 1 Pt 4:11. Perh. also Eph 1:23b. ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις in (or besides) all this (Sir 48:15; Job 2:10; 12:9; cp. Plut., Mor. 98f) Lk 16:26. κατὰ πάντα, s. κατά B 6. περὶ πάντων in every way (Mitt-Wilck I/2, 6, 9; SibOr 1, 198) 3J 2. πρὸ πάντων above all, especially (PRein 18, 27 [II B.C.]; BGU 811, 3; PAmh 135, 2; Just., D. 7, 3) Js 5:12; 1 Pt 4:8.

② any entity out of a totality, any and every, every

ⓐ as adj. w. a noun in the sing. without the article every, any and every, just any, any at all μὴ παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε do not believe just any spirit 1J 4:1. περιφερόμενοι παντὶ ἀνέμῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας Eph 4:14. περὶ παντὸς πράγματος about anything Mt 18:19. κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any reason at all 19:3. Cp. 4:4=Lk 4:4 v.l. (Dt 8:3); Mt 12:31; 2 Cor 1:4b (on ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν vs. 4a see 3b below).

ⓑ as subst. without the art.

α. πᾶς everyone without exception Lk 16:16.

β. πᾶν, w. prep.: διὰ παντός s. διά A 2a. ἐν παντί in every respect or way, in everything (Pla., Symp. 194a; X., Hell. 5, 4, 29; SIG 1169, 27; Sir 18:27; 4 Macc 8:3; GrBar 9:8) πλουτίζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:5; 2 Cor 9:11. Cp. 2 Cor 4:8; 7:5, 11, 16; 8:7; 9:8b; 11:6a, 9; Eph 5:24; Phil 4:6; 1 Th 5:18.

③ marker of the highest degree of someth., all

ⓐ as adj. w. a noun in the sing. without the art. full, greatest, all (Pla., Rep. 9, 575a; Demosth. 18, 279 al.; ins, freq. in accolades; pap.: New Docs 8 p. 62, 10 μετὰ πάσης πίστεως καὶ ἐπιμελείας ‘with all fidelity and care’; LXX; Tat. 39, 1 μετὰ πάσης ἀκριβείας) μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης Ac 4:29. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ 5:23. πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ in all good conscience 23:1. Cp. 17:11; 24:3; 2 Cor 9:8b; 12:12; Eph 4:2. ἐν πάσῃ προσκαρτερήσει with the greatest perseverance 6:18c. Cp. Phil 1:20; 2:29; Col 1:11ab; 1 Ti 2:2b, 11; 3:4; 4:9; 5:2; Tit 2:15; Js 1:2; 2 Pt 1:5; Jd 3 al. ὑπομένειν πᾶσαν ὑπομονήν practice patient endurance to the limit Pol 9:1.

ⓑ in related vein as adj. with noun in the sing. w. the art. all ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν in all our trouble 2 Cor 1:4a (on ἐν πάσῃ θλίψει vs. 4b s. 2a above); 7:4; 1 Th 3:7. ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν in all remembrance of you Phil 1:3. πᾶσαν τὴν μέριμναν ὑμῶν all your care 1 Pt 5:7. τὸν πάντα χρόνον AcPlCor 2:4; τὴν πᾶσαν σάρκα 2:11 (cp. 1aα).

④ pert. to a high degree of completeness or wholeness, whole

ⓐ as adj. w. a noun in the sing., without the art. all, the whole before proper names, mostly geographic (X., Hell. 4, 8, 28 προστάται πάσης Λέσβου ἔσονται al.; LXX) πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα Mt 2:3 (s. Ἱερ.). πᾶς Ἰσραήλ (3 Km 8:65; 11:16; 1 Esdr 1:19; 5:45, 58; Jdth 15:14) Ro 11:26 (s. W-S. §20, 11a and b; Rob. 772). The OT is also the source of πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραήλ (1 Km 7:2, 3) Ac 2:36 and, in subject matter, ἐπὶ παντὸς προσώπου τῆς γῆς 17:26b (but Gen 2:6 has πᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς, and 7:23; 11:4, 8, 9 ἐπὶ προσώπου [or πρόσωπον] πάσης τῆς γῆς).—Perh. πᾶσα οἰκοδομή Eph 2:21 (s. W-S. §20:11 b; Rob. 772; Mlt-Turner 199f; MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.; M. Ant. 6, 36, 1; OGI 383, 86ff).

ⓑ w. a noun in the sing., w. the art. the whole, all (the). Preceding the noun that has the art.: πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5. πᾶσα ἡ ἀγέλη the whole herd 8:32. Cp. vs. 34; 13:2; 21:10; 27:25, 45; Mk 2:13; 4:1. πᾶσα ἡ ἀλήθεια 5:33. πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις the whole creation (TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 7 [Stone p. 32]) Mk 16:15; Ro 8:22. Cp. Lk 1:10; 2:1, 10; Ac 3:9, 11; 5:21; 15:12. πᾶς ὁ κόσμος Ro 3:19b; Col 1:6. πᾶν τὸ σπέρμα Ro 4:16. πᾶσα ἡ γῆ 9:17 (Ex 9:16); Lk 4:25. πᾶσα ἡ γνῶσις, πᾶσα ἡ πίστις 1 Cor 13:2bc. πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα Eph 3:19; Col 1:19; 2:9. πᾶν τὸ σῶμα Eph 4:16; Col 2:19. Cp. Hb 9:19bc. W. a demonstrative pron. πᾶς ὁ λαὸς οὗτος all these people Lk 9:13. πᾶσα ἡ ὀφειλὴ ἐκείνη Mt 18:32.—Following the noun that has the article: τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν the whole matter of judgment J 5:22. εἰς τὴν ἀλήθειαν πᾶσαν into truth in all its outreach 16:13. τὴν ἐξουσίαν … πᾶσαν Rv 13:12.

ⓒ πᾶς and πάντες stand attributively betw. art. and noun, when the noun is regarded as a whole, in contrast to its individual parts (cp. Kühner-G. I 632f).

α. sing. (Thu. 2, 7, 2 ὁ πᾶς ἀριθμόσ=‘the whole number’; 8, 93, 2 τὸ πᾶν πλῆθος; X., Mem. 1, 2, 8 εἰς τὸν πάντα βίον; Pla., Gorg. 470e ἡ πᾶσα εὐδαιμονία; 2 Macc 2:17; 3 Macc 1:29; 6:14; 4 Macc 3:8) ὁ πᾶς νόμος the whole law Gal 5:14. τὸν πάντα χρόνον Ac 20:18.

β. pl. (X., An. 5, 6, 7 οἱ πάντες ἄνθρωποι; Pla., Theaet. 204a τὰ πάντα μέρη) αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαί all the souls Ac 27:37. οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντες Ἰουδαῖοι 21:21. οἱ σὺν αὐτοῖς πάντες ἅγιοι Ro 16:15. οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ πάντες ἀδελφοί Gal 1:2.—W. numerals (Hdt. 7, 4; Thu. 1, 60, l) οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δώδεκα the whole number of the men was about twelve Ac 19:7.—JBover, Uso del adjetivo singular πᾶς en San Pablo: Biblica 19, ’38, 411–34.

ⓓ as subst.

α. οἱ πάντες all (of them) (in contrast to a part) Ro 11:32ab; 1 Cor 9:22 (s. HChadwick, NTS 1, ’55, 261–75); Phil 2:21. (We, they) all Mk 14:64; 1 Cor 10:17; 2 Cor 5:14b. μέχρι καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες until we all attain Eph 4:13.

β. τὰ πάντα. In the abs. sense of the whole of creation all things, the universe (Pla., Ep. 6, 323d τῶν πάντων θεός; hymn to Selene in EAbel, Orphica [1885] 294, 36 εἰς σὲ τὰ πάντα τελευτᾶ [s. 1dβ beg.]; Herm. Wr. 13, 17 τ. κτίσαντα τὰ πάντα; JosAs 8:2 ζωοποιήσας τὰ πάντα; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 208, Rer. Div. Her. 36, Somn. 1, 241; Just., A I, 67, 2 τὸν ποιητὴν τῶν πάντων; PGM 1, 212 κύριε τῶν πάντων; 4, 3077) Ro 11:36 (Musaeus: Vorsokr. 2 A 4 [in Diog. L. 1, 3] ἐξ ἑνὸς τὰ πάντα γίνεσθαι καὶ εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀναλύεσθαι. Cp. Norden, Agn. Th. 240–50); 1 Cor 8:6ab; 15:28ab; Eph 3:9; 4:10b; Phil 3:21; Col 1:16ab, 17b (HHegermann, D. Vorstellung vom Schöpfungsmittler etc., TU 82, ’61, 88ff); Hb 1:3; 2:10ab; Rv 4:11; 1 Cl 34:2; PtK 2 (four times).—In the relative sense, indicated by the context, everything (Κυπρ. I p. 42 no. 29 τὰς στοὰς καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐταῖς πάντα; PGiss 2, 14 [II B.C.] in a bill: τὰ π.=everything taken together) ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται everything (=all the instruction) is in parables Mk 4:11. Cp. Ac 17:25b; Ro 8:32b. Of everything in heaven and earth that is in need of uniting and redeeming Eph 1:10 (EWalter, Christus u. d. Kosmos [Eph 1:10] ’48); Col 1:20. τὰ πάντα they all (of the members of the body) 1 Cor 12:19. The neut. is also used of persons: Gal 3:22; cp. 1 Ti 6:13 (here including humankind and everything else that possesses life).—As acc. of specification, almost like an adv.: τὰ πάντα in all respects (Appian, Prooem. 6 §23) Eph 4:15 (s. 1dβ).—As a summation of what precedes all this (PCairZen 741, 16; 742, 22; BGU 1509 [all III B.C.]) 2 Cor 4:15; Phil 3:8b; Col 3:8.—Furthermore, πάντες can also have the limited sense nearly all (Xenophon Eph. 2, 13, 4 πάντας ἀπέκτεινεν, ὀλίγους δὲ καὶ ζῶντας ἔλαβε. μόνος δὲ ὁ Ἱππόθοος ἠδυνήθη διαφυγεῖν).—Mlt-Turner 199–201.

⑤ everything belonging, in kind, to the class designated by the noun, every kind of, all sorts of, adj. for the words παντοδαπός and παντοῖος, which are lacking in our lit.: πᾶσα νόσος καὶ πᾶσα μαλακία Mt 4:23. γέμουσιν πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας they are full of all kinds of uncleanness 23:27 (Ar. 15, 6). πᾶσα ἐξουσία 28:18. ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔθνους from every kind of nation Ac 2:5. Cp. 7:22; 13:10ab; Ro 1:18, 29. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία (evil) desire of every kind 7:8. ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ γνώσει 1 Cor 1:5b. πᾶν ἁμάρτημα every kind of sin 6:18. Cp. 2 Cor 7:1; 9:8bc; 10:5ab; Eph 1:3, 8, 21a; 4:19; 5:3; Phil 1:9; 2 Th 2:17. πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθόν Tit 1:16; 3:1. Cp. 2:14; Hb 13:21. πᾶσα δόσις, πᾶν δώρημα Js 1:17 (W-S. §20, 11b). Cp. vs. 21; 1 Pt 2:1ab; Rv 8:7 al.—B. 919. Schmidt, Syn. IV, 540–54, s. ἕκαστος and ὅλος. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πᾶς
10 παρά

πᾰρά [pron. full] [ρᾰ], [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also [full] παραί: shortd. [full] πάρ, in Hom., Lyr. (but rarely in Trag., in lyr. passages, A.Supp. 553, S.Tr. 636), and in all dial ects exc. [dialect] Att., GDI5434.8 ([place name] Paros), IG5(2).3.14 (Tegea, iv B. C.), Inscr.Magn.26.28 (Thess.), etc.:—Prep. c. gen., dat., and acc., prop.

A beside: hence,

A WITH GEN. prop. denoting motion from the side of, from beside, from:

I of Place, πὰρ νηῶν ἔλθωμεν Il.13.744
; παρὰ ναῦφιν ἐλευσόμεθ' 12.225
, etc.; παρ' Ὠκεανοῖο ῥοάων.. ἐπερχομένη Od.22.197
; πὰρ νηῶν ἀπώσεται Il.8.533
, etc.; δῶρα π. νηὸς ἐνεικέμεν 19.194
; φάσγανον ὀξὺ ἐρυσσάμενος π. μηροῦ 1.190
, cf. 21.173; σπασσάμενος.. ἄορ παχέος π. μηροῦ 16.473
; πλευρὰ παρ' ἀσπίδος ἐξεφαάνθη was exposed beside the shield, 4.468, cf. A.Th. 624.

II commonly of Persons,

1 with Verbs of going or coming, bringing, etc., ἦλθε.. πὰρ Διός Il.2.787
; παρ' Αἰήταο πλέουσα Od.12.70
, etc.; ἀγγελίη ἥκει π. βασιλέος Hdt.8.140
. ά; αὐτομολήσαντες π. βασιλέως X.An.1.7.13
; ἐξεληλυθὼς παρ' Ἀριστάρχου D.21.117
; ὁ π. τινὸς ἥκων his messenger, X.Cyr.4.5.53; so οἱ π. τινός Th.7.10
, Ev.Marc.3.21, etc.; ὅστις ἀφικνεῖτο τῶν π. βασιλέως πρὸς αὐτόν X.An.1.1.5
, etc.; τεύχεα καλὰ φέρουσα παρ' Ἡφαίστοιο from his workshop, Il.18.137, cf. 617, etc.; ἀπαγγέλλειν τι π. τινός X.An.2.1.20
; σὺ δὲ οἰμώζειν αὐτοῖς παρ' ἐμοῦ λέγε Luc.DMort.1.2
.

2 issuing from a person, γίγνεσθαι π. τινός to be born from, Pl.Smp. 179b; λόγος (sc. ἐστί) π. Ἀθηναίων c. acc. et inf., Hdt.8.55: freq. following a Noun, δόξα ἡ π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων glory from (given by) men, Pl.Phdr. 232a; ἡ π. τινὸς εὔνοια the favour from, i. e. of, any one, X.Mem.2.2.12; τὸ παρ' ἐμοῦ ἀδίκημα done by me, Id.Cyr.5.5.13; τὰ π. τινός all that issues from any one, as commands, commissions, Id.An.2.3.4, etc.; or promises, gifts, presents, Id.Mem.3.11.13; τὰ παρ' ἐμοῦ my opinions, Pl.Smp. 219a; παρ' ἑωυτοῦ διδούς giving from oneself, i. e. from one's own means, Hdt. 2.129, 8.5; παρ' ἑαυτοῦ προσετίθει X.HG6.1.3
; νόμον θὲς παρ' ἐμοῦ by my advice, Pl.Prt. 322d; αὐτοὶ παρ' αὑτῶν of themselves, Id.Tht. 150d, cf. Phdr. 235c.

3 with Verbs of receiving, obtaining, and the like , τυχεῖν τινος π. τινός Od.6.290
, 15.158; πὰρ δ' ἄρα μιν Ταφίων πρίατο 14.452
; ἀρέομαι πὰρ μὲν Σαλαμῖνος Ἀθαναίων χάριν Pi.P.1.76
; εὑρέσθαι τι π. τῶν θεῶν Isoc.9.14
, cf. IG12.40.10; δέχεσθαι, λαμβάνειν, ἁρπάζειν π. τινός, Th.1.20, X.Oec.9.11, Hes.Th. 914; ἀντιάσαι, αἰτήσασθαι π. τινός, S.El. 870 (lyr.), X.HG3.1.4; ἀξιοῖ π. τοῦ ἰατροῦ φάρμακον πιὼν ἐξεμέσαι τὸ νόσημα Pl.R. 406d
; κόσμος τοῖς πράξασι γίγνεται π. τῶν ἀκουσάντων Id.Mx. 236e
: without Verb, ὁ καρπὸς ὁ π. τῶν δημάρχων IG12.76.27
: with Verbs of learning, etc., μεμαθηκέναι π. τινῶν Hdt.2.104
, etc.

4 with [voice] Pass. Verbs, πὰρ Διὸς.. μῆνις ἐτύχθη Il.15.122
; π. θεῶν ἡ τοιαύτη μανία δίδοται Pl.Phdr. 245c
, etc.; τὰ π. τῶν θεῶν σημαινόμενα, συμβουλευόμενα, X.Cyr.1.6.2; τὰ π. τινὸς λεγόμενα ib.6.1.42; τὰ π. τῆς τύχης δωρηθέντα the presents of.., Isoc.4.26; με π. σοῦ σοφίας πληρωθήσεσθαι Pl.Smp. 175e
.

III rarely for παρά c. dat., by, near, πὰρ ποδός Pi.P.10.62
, 3.60; παρὰ δὲ κυανέων πελαγέων dub. l. in S.Ant. 966 (lyr.); τὸν Ῥειτὸν τὸν παρὰ τοῦ ἄστεως IG12.81.5
; πολλοὶ παρ' ἀμφοτέρων ἔπιπτον, = ἀμφοτέρωθεν, D.S.19.42.

IV π. τῆς συγχωρήσεώς τινος without his consent, BCH46.337 ([place name] Teos).

B WITH DAT. denoting rest by the side of any person or thing, answering the question where?

I of Places, κατ' ἂρ ἕζετ'.. πὰρ πυρί, ἔκειτο π. σηκῷ, Od.7.154, 9.319; νέμονται π. πέτρῃ 13.408
; ἑσταότες παρ ὄχεσφιν Il.8.565
; πὰρ ποσὶ μαρναμένων ἐκυλίνδετο at their feet, 14.411, etc.; π. θύρῃσι at the door, 7.346; π. ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης 2.773
; δεῖπνον.. εἵλοντο παρ' ὄχθῃσιν ποταμοῖο Od.6.97
, cf. Il.4.475, 20.53, etc.; κεῖσθαι παρ' Ἅιδῃ S.OT 972
; παρ' οἴνῳ over wine, ib. 780, etc.

II of persons, beside, πὰρ δὲ οἷ αὐτῷ εἷσε Θεοκλύμενον Od.15.285
; κεῖτο παρὰ μνηστῇ ἀλόχῳ Il.9.556
, cf. 6.246, etc.; παρ' ἀνδράσιν εὐνάζεσθαι Od.5.119
; δαίνυσθαι π. τινί 8.243
; πὰρ δέ οἱ ἑστήκει stood by him, Il.4.367.

2 at one's house or place, with one, μένειν π. τισί 9.427
; θητευέμεν ἄλλῳ, ἀνδρὶ παρ' ἀκλήρῳ Od.11.490
; φιλέεσθαι π. τινί Il.13.627
; παρ' ἑωυτοῖσι at their own house, Hdt.1.105, cf. 86; παιδευθῆναι π. τινί X.Cyr.1.2.15
; καταλύειν π. τινί D.18.82
(but παρά τινα καταλῦσαι Th.1.136
), etc.: hence οἱ παρ' ἐμοί those of my household, X.Mem.2.7.4, etc.; τὰ παρ' ἐμοί life with me, Id.An. 1.7.4; οἱ παρ' ἡμῖν ἄνθρωποι our people, Pl.Phd. 64b; ἡ παρ' ἡμῖν πολιτεία, ὁ παρ' ὑμῖν δῆμος, D.15.19; ὁ παρ' αὑτῷ βίοτος one's own life, S.OT 612; τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν πῦρ Pl.Phlb. 29f
; ὅσος παρ' ὑμῖν ὁ φθόνος φυλάσσεται S.OT 382
; τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν σῶμα Pl.Phlb. 29f
; also, in one's hands, τὰ π. τοῖς Ἑλληνοταμίαις ὄντα IG12.91.6
; ἔχειν παρ' ἑωυτῷ Hdt. 1.130
, etc.; οὔπω παρ' ἐμοὶ τότ' ἦν λέγειν I had no right to speak then, Men.Epit.98.

3 before, in the presence of, ἤειδε π. μνηστῆρσιν Od. 1.154
; before a judge, δίκας γίγνεσθαι π. τῷ πολεμάρχῳ IG12.16.9
; π. Δαρείῳ κριτῇ Hdt.3.160
; π. τῷ βασιλέϊ Id.4.65
; παρὰ δικασταῖς Th. 1.73
; εἰς κρίσιν καθιστάναι τινὰ π. τισί D.18.13
: hence παρ' ἐμοί in my judgement, Hdt.1.32, cf. S.Tr. 589, E.Heracl. 881, 1 Ep.Cor.3.19; π. τούτῳ μέγα δυνήσεται with him, Pl.Grg. 510e.

4 in quoting authors, παρ' Ἐφόρῳ, παρ' Αἰσχίνῃ, π. Θουκυδίδῃ, in Ephorus, etc., Plb. 9.2.4, D.H.Comp.9,18.

III Arc., = π. c. gen., from, καθὰ εἶχον τὰς ἰντολὰς π. τᾷ ἰδίᾳ πόλι SIG559.9
(Megalop., iii B. C.), cf. 558.10 (Ithaca, iii B. C.).

C WITH ACCUS. in three main senses,

I beside, near, by,

II along,

III past, beyond.

I beside, near, by:

1 with Verbs of coming, going, etc., to the side of, to, ἴτην π. νῆας Il.1.347
, cf. 8.220, etc.; βῆ.. π. θῖνα 1.34
, cf. 327, etc.; τρέψας πὰρ ποταμόν to the side of.., 21.603, cf. 3.187: more freq. of persons, εἶμι παρ' Ἥφαιστον to the chamber of H., 18.143, cf. Od.1.285, etc.; ἐσιόντες π. τοὺς φίλους Th.2.51
, etc.; φοιτᾶν π. τὸν Σωκράτη Pl.Phd. 59d
; πέμπειν ἀγγέλους, πρέσβεις π. τινά, Hdt. 1.141, Th.1.58, etc.; ἄγειν π. τινά Hdt.1.86
; καταφυγὴ π. φίλων τινάς Th.2.17
.

2 with Verbs of rest, beside, near, by, sts. with ref. to past motion (expressed in such phrases as ἧσο παρ' αὐτὸν ἰοῦσα Il.3.406
, cf. 11.577), ἔς ῥα θρόνους ἕζοντο παρ' Ἀτρεΐδην Μενέλαον Od.4.51
, cf. 13.372; κεῖται ποταμοῖο παρ' ὄχθας lies stretched beside.., Il.4.487, cf. 12.381; παρ' ἔμ' ἵστασο come and stand by me, 11.314, cf. 592, 20.49, etc.; π. πυθμέν' ἐλαίης θῆκαν Od.13.122
; καταθέτω π. τὰ ἴκρια IG12.94.28
; κοιμήσαντο π. πρυμνήσια they lay down by.., Od.12.32, cf. 3.460; ὁ παρ' ἐμὲ καθήμενος Pl.Euthd. 271b
, cf. Phd. 89b; ἐκάθητο π. τὴν πύλην, π. τὴν ὁδόν, LXX Ge.19.1, Ev.Marc. 10.46; παρ' αὐτὸν τὸν καλέσαντα κατακείμενος δειπνῆσαι Thphr.Char. 21.2
, cf. Pl.Smp. 175c; ἐκαθέζετο π. τὸν Λύσιν Id.Ly. 211a
, cf. R. 328c; στὰς παρ' αὐτόν Id.Phd. 116c
; τέμενος νεμόμεσθα.. παρ' ὄχθας Il.12.313
, cf. 6.34, IG12.943.45; τοῦ Εὐρίπου, παρ' ὃν ᾤκει Aeschin.3.90
; κατελείφθη π. τὸν νηόν Hdt.4.87
; τὴν παρ' ἐμὲ ἐοῦσαν δύναμιν Id.8.140
.ά (v.l. ἐμοί) ; εἶπεν αὐτῷ μένειν παρ' ἑαυτόν X.Cyr.1.4.18
, cf. An.1.9.31, Ar.Fr. 451, Is.8.16, Alex.248, Demetr.Com. Nov.1.5, IG22.654.23 (iii B. C.), Plb.3.26.1, 11.14.3, 28.14.3; ἡ π. θάλασσαν Μακεδονία Th.2.99
, cf. S.El. 184 (lyr.), Tr. 636 (lyr.); Καρβασυανδῆς π. Καῦνον IG12.204.52
; τὸ κουρεῖον τὸ π. τοὺς Ἑρμᾶς Lys.23.3
, cf. And.1.62, Is.6.20, 8.35, Aeschin. 1.182, 3.88, Lycurg.112; τᾶς παστάδος τᾶς παρ' Ἀπόλλωνα IG42
(1).109 iii 146 (Epid.); παρ' ὄμμα before one's eyes, E.Supp. 484; π. πόδας on the spot, Phld.Ir.p.78 W., Rh.2.2 S.; immediately thereafter, Plb.1.7.5, 1.8.2, al.

b [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., and Thess., = supr. B. 11.2, at the house of.., with a person, IG7.3171.7 (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.), GDI 1717 (Delph.); παρ' ἁμὲ πολυτίματος [ὁ σῖτος] Ar.Ach. 759 (Megar.); τοῖς κατοικέντεσσι πὰρ ἀμμέ IG9(2).517.18
(Larissa, iii B. C.); τοῖ πὰρ ἀμμὲ πολιτεύματος ib.13; πεπολιτευκὼρ πὰρ ἁμέ Schwyzer 425.5
(Elis, iii/ii B. C.): so in [dialect] Att., θέμενος π. γυναῖκας depositing with.., Pl. R. 465c.

3 with Verbs of striking, wounding, etc., βάλε στῆθος π. μαζόν Il.4.480
, etc.; τὸν δ' ἕτερον.. κληῗδα παρ' ὦμον πλῆξε 5.146
; τύψε κατὰ κληῗδα παρ' αὐχένα 21.117
, cf. 4.525, 8.325, etc.; αἰχμὴ δ' ἐξελύθη παρὰ νείατον ἀνθερεῶνα 5.293
, cf. 17.310; δησάμενος τελαμῶνι π. σφυρόν ib. 290.

4 with Verbs of placing, examining, etc., side by side with.., ὁ ἔλεγχος π. τὸν ἔλεγχον παραβαλλόμενος Pl.Grg. 475e
, cf. Hp.Mi. 369c, Smp. 214c, R. 348a; ἐξέτασον παρ' ἄλληλα τὰ σοὶ κἀμοὶ βεβιωμένα D.18.265
; ἄλλα παρ' ἄλλατιθέμενα.. τῶν χρωμάτων Arist.Mete. 375a24
.

b Geom., παραβάλλειν π. apply an area to (i. e. along) a finite straight line, Euc.1.44, Archim.Aequil.2.1; π. τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτοῦ γραμμὴν παρατείναντα Pl. Men. 87a
; ἡ [εὐθεῖα] παρ' ἣν δύνανται αἱ καταγόμεναι τεταγμένως the line to which are applied the squares of the or dinates, etc., Apollon. Perg.Con.1.11: hence,

c Arith., παραβάλλειν τι π. τι divide by.. (v. παραβάλλω A.
VII. 2); μερίζω τι π. τι Dioph.4.33
; ἐπὶ γ π. ί multiply by 3 and divide by 10, PLond.5.1718.2 (vi A. D.).

5 Geom., parallel to.., Democr.155, Arist. Top. 158b31, Archim.Sph. Cyl.1.12, al.

6 metaph. in Gramm., like, as a parody of.., π. τὸ Σοφόκλειον, π. τὰ ἐν Τεύκρῳ Σοφοκλέους, Sch.Ar.Av. 1240, Nu. 584.

b Gramm., of words which differ as compared with other words, π. τὸ τοῦ ἔρωτος ὄνομα σμικρὸν παρηγμένον ἐστίν.. [τὸ ἥρως] Pl.Cra. 398d, cf. 399a, Lg. 654a: hence, derived from.., π. τὸ ἔδαφος, δάπεδον, A.D. Pron.31.16; π. τὸ δρῶ δρᾶμα Sch.A.R.2.624; σύγκειται [τὸ αὐθέντης] π. τὸ εἷναι.. καὶ π. τὸ αὐτός Phryn.PSp.24
B.

7 generally, of Comparison, alongside of, compared with, usu. implying superiority, δοκέοντες π. ταῦτα οὐδ' ἂν τοὺς σοφωτάτους ἀνθρώπων Αἰγυπτίους οὐδὲν ἐπεξευρεῖν Hdt.2.160
, cf. 7.20, 103; ἡλίου ἐκλείψεις αἳ πυκνότεραι π. τὰ ἐκ τοῦ πρὶν χρόνου μνημονευόμενα ξυνέβησαν Th.1.23
, cf. 4.6; τῶν ἁπάντων ἀπερίοπτοί εἰσι π. τὸ νικᾶν Id.1.41
; π. τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα ὥσπερ θεοὶ ἄνθρωποι βιοτεύουσι X.Mem.1.4.14
; φαίνεται π. τὸ ἀλγεινὸν ἡδὺ καὶ π. τὸ ἡδὺ ἀλγεινὸν ἡ ἡσυχία Pl.R. 584a
, cf. Phdr. 236d, La. 183c, al.; εὐδαίμων μᾶλλον π. πάντας BCH26.332
([place name] Halae); προετέρει π. πάντας PSI 4.422.34
(iii B. C.): sts. implying inferiority or defect, ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν βραχύ τι παρ' ἀγγέλους a little lower than the angels, LXX Ps. 8.6; μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ὑστεροῦσι π. τὸν ἥλιον lag one day behind the sun, Gem.8.19; so perh. παρ' αὐτόν, ὑπὲρ αὐτόν (has passed the ball?) short of him, beyond him, Antiph.234; μέγα τοι ἡμέρα παρ' ἡμέραν γιγνομένη γνώμην ἐξ ὀργῆς μεταστῆσαι one day compared with another is important.., a day's delay makes a difference, Antipho 5.72; τί γὰρ παρ' ἦμαρ ἡμέρα τέρπειν ἔχει προσθεῖσα κἀναθεῖσα τοῦ γε κατθανεῖν; what joy has one day compared with another to offer, since it only brings us nearer to, or farther from, death (which is neither good nor evil)? S.Aj. 475; ὃς μὲν κρίνει (prefers) ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν, ὃς δὲ κρίνει (approves) πᾶσαν ἡμέραν Ep.Rom.14.5
.

8 with Verbs of estimating, to set at so and so much, hence π. = equivalent to.., ταρβῶ μὴ.. θῆται παρ' οὐδὲν τὰς ἐμὰς ἐπιστολάς set at nought, E.IT 732, cf. A. Ag. 229 (lyr.); παρ' οὐδὲν ἄγειν S.Ant.35
; π. μικρὸν ἡγεῖσθαι or ποιεῖσθαί τι hold of small account, Isoc.5.79, D.61.51; παρ' ὀλίγον ποιεῖσθαί τινα X.An.6.6.11
; so with εἶναι, etc., παρ' οὐδέν ἐστι are as nothing, S.OT 983, cf. Ant. 466; παρ' οὐδὲν αὐταῖς ἦν ἂν ὀλλύναι πόσεις E.Or. 569
; οὐ π. μέγα ἔσεσθαι τὸ πταῖσμα Arr.An.1.18.6
; so perh. π. σμικρὰ κεχώρηκε have turned out of little account, have amounted to little, Hdt.1.120.

b in Accountancy, without a verb, π. τὴν καταλλαγήν on account of κ., PHib.1.100.4 (iii B. C.).

9 of correspondence, ὀφείλειν στατῆρα π. στατῆρα stater for stater (one to each of two creditors), BCH50.214 (Thasos, v B. C.); πληγὴν π. πληγὴν ἑκάτερον Ar.Ra. 643
; συνεῖναι ἑκατέρῳ ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν stayed day for day with each, D.59.46; hence of alternation, ποιεῖσθαι ἁγνείας καὶ θυσίας δύο π. δύο, of four priests acting two and two alternately, BGU1198.12 (i B. C.); τοῦ καθημερινοῦ ἢ μίαν π. μίαν (sc. ἡμέραν) [πυρετοῦ] quotidian or tertian fever, ib.956.3 (iii A. D.): sts. without doubling of the Noun, παρ' ἡμέρην, opp. καθ' ἡμέρην, tertian, opp. quotidian, Hp.Aph.1.12; καθ' ἡμέραν, παρ' ἡμέραν, π. δύο, π. τρεῖς every day, every second day, every third (fourth) day, Arr.Epict.2.18.13; π. μίαν every second day, Plb.3.110.4; παρ' ἐνιαυτόν every second year, Plu.Cleom.15; παρ' ἔτος year and year about, Arist.GA 757a7; every second year, Paus.8.15.2; π. μέρος by turns (v. μέρος II. 2); ὁ ἀνὰ μέρος παρ' ἓξ μῆνας ὑπὲρ γῆν τε καὶ ὑπὸ γῆν γινόμενος Ἄδωνις Corn. ND28
; π. μῆνα τρίτον every third month, Arist.HA 582b4, cf. Plu.2.942e; but π. τρία [ἔτεα] prob. every fourth year, IG5(2).422 ([place name] Phigalea), cf. Arr.Epict. l.c.; ἕνα παρ' ἕνα παραλειπτέον every second one, Nicom.Ar.1.18; ἕνα π. δύο ([etym.] τρεῖς) every third (fourth) one, ibid.; παρὰ δ' ἄλλαν ἄλλα μοῖρα διώκει now one now another, E.Heracl. 611.

10 precisely at the moment of, παρ' αὐτὰ τἀδικήματα flagrante delicto, D.18.13, 21.26; ἀποδώσω π. τὸν εὔθυνον τὸ καθῆκον IG12.188.31
; π. τοιοῦτον καιρόν, π. τὰς χρείας, D.20.41,46; π. τὰ δεινά in the midst of danger, Plu.Ant.63; π. τὴν πρώτην γένεσιν Jul.Or.1.10b
; π. τὴν πρώτην (sc. ἐπίθεσιν) at the first attack, Hld.9.2; π. γε τὴν πρώτην ὁρμήν Ael.NA14.10
.

b distributively, whether of Time, π. τὰ ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτεα in each complete period of seventy years, Hdt.1.32; ἐν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις π. στάδια διακόσια.. τοῖς ἑκατὸν σταδίοις διήνεγκαν ἀλλήλων X.Oec.20.18
; πὰρ Ϝέτος each year, every year, Tab.Heracl. 1.101; π. τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἕκαστον IG12(7).5.14
([place name] Amorgos); παρ' ἆμάρ τε καὶ νύκτα day and night, B.Fr.7; or more generally, πὰρ τὰν ἐλαίαν in respect of each olive plant, Tab.Heracl.1.122; παρ' ἡμέραν αἱ ἀμίαι πολὺ ἐπιδήλως αὐξάνονται from day to day, per day, Arist.HA 571a21; τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην βάσιν γινόμενον μικρὸν πολὺ γίνεται π. πολλάς Id.Pr. 881b26
; ἡ παρ' ἡμέραν χάρις D.8.70
; τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἡδύ Pl. Lg. 705a
.

c παρ' ἆμαρ on (this) day, to-day, τὸ μὲν πὰρ ἆμαρ, τὸ δέ .. to-day and to-morrow, Pi.P.11.63; but παρ' ἦμαρ to-morrow, S. OC 1455 (lyr.).

d throughout a period of time, π. τὴν ζόην Hdt. 7.46
; π. τὸν βίον ἅπαντα Pl.Lg. 733a
; π. πάντα τὸν χρόνον D.18.10
; also more loosely, during, π. τὴν πόσιν while they were drinking, Hdt.2.121.
δ; π. τὸν πότον Aeschin.2.156
; π. τὴν κύλικα Plu.Ant.24
; π. δεῖπνον or π. τὸ δεῖπνον, Id.2.737a,674f.

II along, ὄνος παρ' ἄρουραν ἰών Il.11.558
; βῆ δὲ θέειν π. τεῖχος 12.352
; π. ῥόον Ὠκεανοῖο ᾔομεν Od. 11.21
; ἔπλεον π. τὴν ἤπειρον Hdt.7.193
; π. πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδόν Isoc.4.148
; ὀρθὴν παρ' οἶμον.. τύμβον κατόψει straight along the road, E.Alc. 835; παρ' ὅλην τὴν φάραγγα Plb.10.30.3
; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χαράδραν παραπορευομένων ib.9; for παραβάλλειν π., v. supr. c. 1.4b.

2 strictly according to, without deviating from, εἶμι π. στάθμην ὀρθὴν ὁδόν Thgn. 945
, cf. S.Fr.474.5; ὠμοί τε δούλοις πάντα καὶ π. στάθμην, i.e. too strict, A.Ag. 1045; π. τὸν λόγον ὃν ἀποφέρουσιν.. ἐπιδείξω I will prove to you strictly according to the accounts which they themselves submit, D.27.34.

III past, beyond, παρὰ σκοπιὴν καὶ ἐρινεὸν ἠνεμόεντα.. ἐσσεύοντο Il.22.145
, cf. Od.3.172, 24.12; βῆ δὲ π. Κρουνούς h.Ap. 425
; π. τὴν Βαβυλῶνα παριέναι pass by Babylon, X.Cyr.5.2.29; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χύτραν ἄκραν ὁρῶντες looking over the edge of.., Ar.Av. 390.

2 metaph., over and above, in addition to, οὐκ ἔστι π. ταῦτ' ἄλλα Id.Nu. 698
; π. ταῦτα πάντα ἕτερόν τι Pl.Phd. 74a
, cf.R. 337d, D.18.139, X.HG 1.5.5; ἑκὼν ἐπόνει π. τοὺς ἄλλους more than the others, Id.Ages.5.3, cf. Mem.4.4.1, Oec.20.16; ἃ τῷ ῥαψῳδῷ προσήκει καὶ σκοπεῖσθαι καὶ διακρίνειν π. τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους Pl. Ion 539e
.

3 metaph., in excess over, πὰρ δύναμιν beyond one's strength, Il.13.787, cf. Th.1.70, Hyp.Lyc.16, Arist.Rh.Al. 1423b29; π. τὴν δ. Id.Po. 1451b38
.

4 metaph., in transgression or violation of, π. μοῖραν Od.14.509
; π. μοῖραν Δίος Alc.Supp. 14.10
; παρ' αἶσαν, παρὰ δίκαν, Pi.P.8.13, O.2.16, etc.; π. τὸ δίκαιον Th.5.90
, etc.; π. τὰς σπονδάς, τὸν νόμον, Id.1.67, X.HG1.7.14; π. φύσιν Th.6.17
, cf. Pl.Lg. 747b; π. τὴν στήλην prob. in IG12.45.20; π. καιρόν out of season, Pi.O.8.24, etc.; π. γνώμαν ib.12.10, cf. A.Supp. 454; π. δόξαν, π. τὸ δοκοῦν ἡμῖν, π. λόγον, Th.3.93, 1.84, Plb.2.38.5; παρ' ἐλπίδα or ἐλπίδας, A.Ag. 899, S.Ant. 392, etc.; πὰρ μέλος out of tune, Pi.N.7.69; π. τὴν ἀξίαν Th.7.77
, etc.; π. τὸ εἰωθός, τὸ καθεστηκός, Id.4.17, 1.98.

5 π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, = παρῆλθε τοσοῦτον κινδύνου, passed over so much ground within the sphere of danger, i.e. incurred such imminent peril, Id.3.49, cf. 7.2; in such phrases the tmesis was forgotten, and the acc. came to be governed by παρά, which thus came to mean 'by such and such a margin', ' with so much to spare', ἐνίκησαν π. πολύ, ἡσσηθέντες π. πολύ, Id.1.29, 2.89, cf. Pl. Ap. 36a; παρὰ δ' ὀλίγον ἀπέφυγες only just, E.IT 870 (lyr.); παρ' ὀλίγον ἢ διέφευγον ἢ ἀπώλλυντο Th.7.71
; δεινότατον π. πολύ by far, Ar.Pl. 445; παρ' ὅσον quatenus, Luc.Nec.17, etc.; π. δύο ψήφους ἀπέφυγε by two votes, Hyp.Eux.28, cf. D.23.205; π. τέτταρας ψήφους μετέσχε τῆς πόλεως Is.3.37
; π. τοσοῦτον ἐγένετο αὐτῷ μὴ περιπεσεῖν by so much (= little) he missed falling in with.., Th.8.33; π. πέντε ναῦς πλέον ἀνδρὶ ἑκάστῳ ἢ τρεῖς ὀβολοὶ ὡμολογήθησαν ib.29; οὐ π. μικρὸν ἐποίησαν they made no little difference, Isoc.4.59.

b in phrases like π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, τοσοῦτον was sts. understood of the interval from danger, etc., and παρά came to mean 'by so much short of' (τὸ π. μικρὸν ὥσπερ οὐδὲν ἀπέχειν δοκεῖ Arist.Ph. 197a29
), within such and such a distance of, so near to, τὴν Ἠϊόνα π. νύκτα ἐγένετο (sc. αὐτῷ) λαβεῖν he was within one night of taking E., Th.4.106; π. μικρὸν ἦλθον ἀποθανεῖν I came within a little of.., Isoc. 19.22, cf. Plb.1.43.7, Plu. Caes. 39; παρ' ἐλάχιστον ἦλθε.. ἀφελέσθαι was within an ace of taking away, Th.8.76; παρ' οὐδὲν μὲν ἦλθον ἀποκτεῖναι (were within a mere nothing, within an ace of killing him), ἐξεκήρυξαν δ' ἐκ πόλεως Aeschin. 3.258
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh. 14, Alex.62; π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε διαφυγεῖν so near he came to escaping, Luc.Cat.4; παρὰ ἓν πάλαισμα ἔδραμε νικᾶν Ὀλυμπιάδα Hdt.9.33
; παρ' οὐδὲν ἐλθόντες τοῦ ἀποβαλεῖν Plb.1.45.14
, cf. 2.55.4, D.S.17.42: hence without ἐγένετο or ἐλθεῖν, π. μίαν μονάδα (less) by one, i.e. less one, Nicom.Ar.1.8; τεσσαράκοντα π. μίαν, = 39, 2 Ep.Cor.11.24; παρ' ἕνα τοσοῦτοι the same number less one, Plu. Publ.9; σύ μοι παρ' ἕνα ἥκεις ἄγων you have brought me one too few, Luc.Cat.4; δύναται π. δύο συλλαβὰς εἶναι τὸ καταληκτόν Heph.4.2
; τὰ ὁλοκόττινα ηὑρέθησαν π. ἑπτὰ κεράτια seven carats short, PMasp.70.2 (vi A. D.); πάντες παρ' ἕνα, πάντες παρ' ὀλίγους, all save one (a few), Plu.Cat.Mi.20, Ant.5; ἔτη δύο π. ἡμέρας δύο IG5(1).801
([place name] Laconia); of one Μάρκος, θηρίον εἶ π. γράμμα you are a bear ([etym.] ἄρκος) all but a letter, AP11.231 (Ammian.); ὡς π. τι καὶ τὰς ὄψεις ἀφανίσαι so that he all but (lit. less something) lost his sight, Vett.Val.228.6; π. τι βυθίζεσθαι v.l. in Ev.Luc.5.7; τὸ π. τοῦτο the figure less that, i.e. the remainder or difference, PTeb.99.10 (ii B. C.), cf. POxy.264.4 (i A. D.), PAmh.2.148.5 (v A. D.); hence of any difference whether of excess or defect, οὐδὲν π. τοῦτο ποιούμενοι τοὺς.. Λευκανούς τε καὶ τοὺς.. Σαυνίτας making no difference between.., Str.6.1.3, cf. 14.5.11, Plu.2.24c.

6 hence of the margin by which anything increases or decreases, and so of the cause according to which anything comes into existence or varies, τὸ εὖ π. μικρὸν διὰ πολλῶν ἀριθμῶν γίνεται Polyclit.2
(cf. μικρός III. 5 c); διαφέρει π. τὰς τῶν παθημάτων ἐναντιώσεις according to.., Arist.HA 486b5; μεταπίπτει π. τὰ κλίματα Gem. 5.29
, cf. 11.5, al.; π. τὰ πράγματα cj. in Apollod.Car.11.

7 more generally of the margin by which an event occurs, i.e. of the necessary and sufficient cause or motive (τὸ μὴ π. τοῦτο γίνεσθαι τότε λέγομεν, ὅταν ἀναιρεθέντος τούτου μηδὲν ἧττον περαίνηται ὁ συλλογισμός Arist.APr. 65b6
, cf. 48a24, al.), κεινὰν π. δίαιταν just for the sake of unsatisfying food, Pi.O.2.65; ἕκαστος οὐ π. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀμέλειαν οἴεται βλάψειν each thinks that his own negligence will not suffice to cause injury, Th.1.141, cf. Isoc.3.48; π. τὴν αὑτοῦ ἁμαρτίαν all through his own fault, Antipho 3.4.5, cf. Isoc.6.52, D.4.11, 18.232; πολλὰ.. ἐστιν αἴτια τούτων, καὶ οὐ παρ' ἓν οὐδὲ δύ' εἰς τοῦτο τὰ πράγματ' ἀφῖκται not from one or two causes only, Id.9.2; οὐ π. τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστι it does not follow that it is not.., 1 Ep.Cor.12.15; π. τὸ τὴν ἀρίθμησιν ποιήσασθαι ἐξ ἑτοίμου τοὺς ἐργώνας οὐκ ὀλίγα χρήματα περιεποίησε τῇ πόλει by the simple fact of prompt payment, IPE12.32B35 (Olbia, iii B. C.); οὐδὲν ἂν παρ' ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο τούτων Lycurg.63
, cf. Plb.3.103.2, 18.28.6, al.; οὐδεὶς παρ' ἑαυτόν ἐστι βασιλεύς thanks to himself alone, Aristeas 224; παρ' αὑτὸν ἀτυχεῖ Arr.Epict.3.24.2
, cf. Phld.Rh.2.16 S.; παρ' ἡμᾶς ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀπόστασις Hierocl. in CA25p.477M.
; εἶναι π. τοῦτο σωτηρίαν τε πόλει καὶ τοὐναντίον, i.e. on this depends.., Pl.Lg. 715d, cf. X.Eq.Mag.1.5, D.C.Fr.36.5; π. μίαν ἡμέραν καὶ ἓν πρᾶγμα καὶ ἀπόλλυται προκοπὴ καὶ σῴζεται Epict.Ench.51.2
; π. τὸ Ἕλληνά με εἶναι just because I am a Greek, UPZ7.13 (ii B. C.); π. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν αὐτὸν αὐτήν LXX Ge.29.20
, cf. Ex.14.11; later more loosely, because of.., Phld.Rh.1.158 S., Gem.6.24, etc.; οὐδὲν π. σὲ γέγονε it is no fault of yours, PRyl.243.6 (ii A. D.), cf. POxy.1420.7 (ii A. D.).

8 of a limit of possibility, εἴπερ ἐνεδέχετο π. τοὺς παρόντας καιρούς D.18.239
; πεῖσαι τό γε παρ' αὑτόν to persuade (the judges) so far as in you lies, Arr.Epict.2.2.20; οἴμωζε παρ' ἐμέ as far as I am concerned, for all I care, Ar.Av. 846.

D POSITION: παρά may follow its Subst. in all three cases, but then becomes by anastrophe πάρα: when the ult. is elided, the practice varies, τῇσι παρ' Il.18.400
; but Ἡφαίστοιο πάρ' ib. 191.

E παρά abs., as ADV., near, together, Il.1.611, al., E.IA 201 (lyr.).

F πάρα (with anastrophe) stands for πάρεστι and πάρεισι, Il.1.174, Hes.Op. 454, A.Pers. 167, Hdt.1.42, al., S.El. 285, Ar.Ach. 862, etc.

G IN COMPOS.,

I alongside of, beside, of rest, παράκειμαι, παράλληλοι, παρέζομαι, πάρειμι (εἰμί), παρίστημι; of motion, παραπλέω, πάρειμι ([etym.] εἶμι).

II to the side of, to, παραδίδωμι, παρέχω.

III to one side of, by, past, παρέρχομαι, παροίχομαι, παραπέμπω, παρακμάζω, παρατρέχω.

IV metaph.,

1 aside or beyond, i.e. amiss, wrong, παραβαίνω, παράγω, παροράω, παρορκέω, παρακούω, παραγιγνώσκω.

2 of comparison, as in παραβάλλω, παρατίθημι.

3 of alteration or change, as in παραλλάσσω, παραπείθω, παραπλάσσω, παρατεκταίνω, παραυδάω, παράφημι.

4 of a side-issue, παραπόλλυμι. (Cogn. with Goth. faúr 'along', Lat. por-.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > παρά
11 οἷος

οἷος, οἵα, [dialect] Ion. οἵη, οἷον, (ὅς)

A such as, of what sort, relat. and indirect interrog. Pron., correl. to direct interrog. ποῖος, indef. ποιός, demonstr. τοῖος : ὅσσος ἔην οἷός τε Il.24.630
; ὁσσάτιόν τε καὶ οἷον 5.758
: c. acc., οἶδ' ἀρετὴν οἷός ἐσσι what a man for valour, 13.275 : freq. to be rendered by an Adv., οἷος πόλεμόνδε μέτεισι as he rushes into war, ib. 298, etc.:—Usage:

I οἷος in an independent sentence as an exclam. of astonishment, ὢ πόποι.., οἷον ἔειπες Il.7.455
; οἷ. τὸ πῦρ what a fire is this ! A.Ag. 1256, cf. Pers. 733, al. ; οἷ. εἰργάσασθε Pl.R. 450a
; οἷ. ἄνδρα λέγεις ἐν κινδύνῳ εἶναι Id.Tht. 142b
; οἷα ποιεῖς Id.Euthphr. 15e
, etc.: so in neut. as Adv., v. infr. v. 1.

2 in indirect sentences, S.OT 624, 1402, 1488, etc. ; ὁρᾶτε δὴ ἐν οἵῳ ἐστέ X.Cyr.3.2.12
; ὁρῶν ἐν οἵοις ἐσμέν Id.An.3.1.15
.

II more freq. as relat. to a demonstr. τοῖος, τοιόσδε, τοιοῦτος, or to ὁ, ὅδε, as τῷ ἴκελον, οἷόν ποτε Δαίδαλος ἤσκησεν Il.18.591
; θέαμα τοιοῦτον οἷ. καὶ στυγοῦντ' ἐποικτίσαι S.OT 1296
: but the demonstr. Pron. is freq. omitted, οὐ γὰρ ἐμὴ ἲς ἔσθ' οἵη πάρος ἔσκεν Il.11.669
, etc. ; οἷ. καὶ Πάρις.. ᾔσχυνε like as Paris also.., A.Ag. 399 (lyr.), cf. Pers.21, al.: with δή added, τοιόνδ', οἷ. δὴ σύ such as you surely are, Il.24.376, v. infr. v. 2 : with περ added,
οἵη περ φύλλων γενεή, τοίη δὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν
just such as..,
6.146
, cf. A.Ag. 607, 1046, X.Cyr.1.6.19 : very freq. with τε added (this οἷός τε must be distd. from οἷός τε c. inf., v. infr. 111.2), οἷός τε πελώριος ἔρχεται Ἄρης Il.7.208
, cf. 17.157, Od.7.106, etc. ; οἷός που 20.35
: οἷός τις, οἷόν τι generalizes a Comparison, the sort of person who.., thing which.., Il.5.638, Od.9.348 ; οἶσθα εἰς οἷόν τινα κίνδυνον ἔρχει.. ; Pl.Prt. 313a ; with attraction of οἷος to the case of its antecedent (which may follow instead of preceding), οἵοις περ σὺ χρώμενοι συμβούλοις D.24.185
; and with further attraction of the subject of the relat. clause, οὐ γάρ πω τοίους ἴδον ἀνέρας.., οἷον Πειρίθοον (for οἷος Πειρίθοος) Il.1.263 ; πρὸς ἄνδρας τολμηρούς, οἵους καὶ Ἀθηναίους Th.7.21
, cf. X.Mem.2.9.3 ; περὶ τοῦ τοιούτου.., οἵου τοῦ ἑνός Pl.Prm. 161b
.

2 οἷος, οἵα, οἷον freq. introduce an 'indirect exclamation', giving the reason for what precedes, ἄνακτα χόλος λάβεν, οἷον ἄκουσε because of what he heard, Il.6.166, cf. Od.17.479 ; ἐμακάριζον τὴν μητέρα οἵων τέκνων ἐκύρησε Hdt.1.31
; ἀγανάκτησιν ἔχει ὑφ' οἵων κακοπαθεῖ Th.2.41
; τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ τύχην [ἀπέκλαον], οἵου ἀνδρὸς.. ἐστερημένος εἴην Pl.Phd. 117c
, cf. S.OT 701.

3 sts. in Hom. οἷος introduces the reason for saying what is said, ὠκύμορος.. ἔσσεαι, οἷ' ἀγορεύεις Il.18.95
, cf. Od.4.611 ; αἲ γάρ με θυμὸς ἀνείη ὤμ' ἀποταμνόμενον κρέα ἔδμεναι, οἷα ἔοργας Il.22.347
.

4 οἷα δὴ εἴπας saying so and so, Hdt.1.86 (cf. ὅσος 111.2
): later with other Particles, v. infr. VI.

5 οὐδὲν οἷον.. there's nothing like.., ἀλλ' οὐδὲν οἷ. ἐστ' ἀκοῦσαι τῶν ἐπῶν there's nothing like hearing the verses, Ar.Av. 966, cf. Lys. 135 ; οὐδὲν γὰρ οἷ. ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ τοῦ νόμου D.21.46
, cf. Pl.Grg. 447c, 481b, X.Oec.3.14.

6 never used like Adv. οἷον (infr. V. I) with an Adj. = how, for in Il.11.653, οἶσθα.. οἷ. ἐκεῖνος δεινὸς ἀνήρ = what manner of man, namely dread, cf. 15.94, 21.108, Od.19.493, etc.

7 as indef., a sort or kind of.., ὁ δ' ἕτερος οἷός ἐστιν οἰκουρὸς μόνον only a kind of watch-dog, Ar.V. 970 ; so with Adj., ἀφόρητος οἷος.. κρυμός of an intolerable kind, Hdt.4.28 ; θαυμαστὸς οἷος of a wonderful nature, Luc.Zeux.6 ; οἷος ἔμπειρος πολέμου rather skilled in war, D.2.18 ; οἷον τετανότριχα rather straight-haired, Pl.Euthphr.2b ; freq. with [comp] Sup., χωρίον οἷον χαλεπώτατον country of a very difficult kind, X.An.4.8.2, cf. Ar.Eq. 978, Ach. 384, Pl.Ap. 23a ; ἀνὴρ οἷος κράτιστος Arist.EN 1165b27
; κόλπος οἷος βαθύτατος Ael.NA14.26
: in some of these passages with [comp] Sup. it is possible to take οἷος as relat., supplying δυνατόν, cf. ξύμμαχος ἔσομαι οἷος ἂν δύνωμαι ἄριστος IG12.39.28
.

III οἷος c. inf. implies fitness or ability for a thing, οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὥρα οἵα τὸ πεδίον ἄρδειν fit for watering, X.An.2.3.13, cf. Pl.Grg. 487d ; οἷοι φιλεῖν, μισεῖν, etc., D.25.2, etc.: freq. with τοιοῦτος expressed, τοιοῦτός τις οἷ. διαπονεῖσθαι Pl. Cra. 395a
, cf. R. 415e ; τὸ πρᾶγμα μέγα.. καὶ μὴ οἷ. νεωτέρῳ βουλεύσασθαι not proper for a young man to advise upon, Th.6.12 : without inf., λόγους οἵους εἰς τὰ δικαστήρια Pl.Euthd. 272a
.

b οἷός εἰμι I intend, ἐβιάζετο.. καὶ οἷος ἦν ἐξευρεῖν τὴν θύραν Lys.Fr. 159
S., cf. D. 4.9, al., Is.8.21 ; οἷος ἦν κατεσθίειν was on the point of eating, Antig. Car. ap. Ath.7.345d.

2 more freq. οἷός τε c. inf., fit or able to do, λιποίμην οἷός τ'.. ἀέθλια κάλ' ἀνελέσθαι Od.21.117
(preceded by τοῖον ib. 173), Hdt.1.29, 67,91 ; λέγειν οἷός τε κἀγώ Ar.Eq. 343
, cf. Th.3.16, Isoc.8.69, etc. ; inclined to.., Plb.3.90.5, J.AJ4.6.3 : most freq. in neut. sg. and pl., οἷόν τε [ἐστί] it is possible to.., Th.1.80, etc. ; οἷά τε [ἐστί] Hdt.1.194
, etc. ; a dat. is sts. added, μὴ οἷόν τε εἶναι ἐμοὶ κωλῦσαι Th.7.14
.

3 without inf., πάνυ προθύμως ὡς οἷός τ' ἦν ἐπήραξεν Pl.Prt. 314d
: but mostly in neut., οἷόν τε [ἐστίν] it is possible, Isoc.9.9 ; οὐχ οἷόν τε ἐστίν Ar.Nu. 198
, etc.: with [comp] Sup., καλὸν ὡς οἷόν τε μάλιστα Pl.Prt. 349e
; ὡς οἷόν τε σμικρότατα Id.Prm. 144b
; ὡς οἷόν τε διὰ βραχυτάτων Id.Grg. 449d
: without [comp] Sup., φρίττειν.. ποιεῖ ὡς οἷόν τε πάντας Id.R. 387c
(dub. l.) ; ὡς οἷόν τε sts. so far as possible, of what cannot be done completely, D.8.75, Arist. Pol. 1313a39, Luc.Im.3.

IV sts. twice in the same clause, οἷ' ἔργα δράσας οἷα λαγχάνει κακά after what deeds what sufferings are his ! S.El. 751 ; ἱερῶν οἵαν οἵων χάριν ἠνύσω what thanks for what offerings ! Id.Tr. 994, cf. 1045, E.Alc. 144 : so in Prose, X.Cyr.4.5.29, Pl.Smp. 195a.

V as Adv. in neut. sg. οἷον, in Poets and [dialect] Ion. Prose also pl. οἷα, how, οἷον δή νυ θεοὺς βροτοὶ αἰτιόωνται Od.1.32
, cf. Il.5.601, 13.633, 15.287 : also with Adjs., οἷον ἐερσήεις how fresh, 24.419 ; οἷον δὴ Μενέλαον ὑπέτρεσας seeing how thou didst shrink from M., Il.17.587, cf. 21.57. (Regul. Adv. οἵως is rare, as in Hp. Epid.6.7.2, f.l. in Ar.V. 1363 ; οἷος ὢν οἵ. ἔχεις in what a state art thou for such a man! S.Aj. 923 ; οἵως τέ σφ' ἐσάωσα A.R.4.786
.)

2 as, just as, οἷον ὅτε.. Il.14.295
: also neut. pl. οἷα, οἷά τις.. ἀηδών A.Ag. 1142
(lyr.), cf. S.Tr. 105 (lyr.), etc.: so οἷά τε in Hom., οἷά τε ληϊστῆρες Od.3.73
, cf.9.128, Hdt.2.175 : strengthd. by Particles, οἷα δή Th.8.84
, Pl.Smp. 219e, R. 467b ; οἷα δή που Ael.NA1.14
: later a double form occurs, οἷον ὡς.. Demetr.Eloc.94
, Sch.D.T.p.113 H. ; οἷον ὥσπερ.. Phryn.PS p.80
B., dub. in Plu.2.563f.

b as for instance, Pl.Sph. 218e, Arist.GC 333a11, etc.; οἷον τί λέγεις ; as for example, what do you mean ? Pl.Tht. 207a, cf. Od.4.271, where οἷον is Adj.

c in numerical estimates, about, οἷον δέκα σταδίους Th.4.90
; μῆκος οἷον ἐπὶ δέκα δακτύλους IG22.1457.17
.

d οἷον parenthetically prefixed to any word or phrase, as it were, so to speak, οἷον υἱεῖς γνησίους Pl.Phdr. 278a
, cf. Cra. 396a, Arist.HA 532a6, GA 753a33 ; τῶν οἷον προγυμναζομένων M.Ant.6.20
; τοῦ οἷον δόγματος D.L.9.69
; τὴν.. οἷον φάτταν the ring-dove of my parable, Pl.Tht. 199b.

e οἷον explanatory, that is to say, τὸ νῦν ῥηθησόμενον, οἷον.. what I am about to mention, viz., Arist.PA 639b6, cf. GC 333a11, al. ; κατὰ τὸ μέσον, οἷον κατὰ τὴν συμβολὴν τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς διαγωνίων in the middle, i. e. at the intersection of their diagonals, Procl.Hyp.3.16, cf. 22, Hsch. s.v. οἰοφάγῳ, al.

3 like ὡς, ἅτε, with a part., οἷα ἀπροσδοκήτου κακοῦ γενομένου Th.2.5
, cf. 8.95, Pl.Smp. 203b.

4 οὐχ οἷον or μὴ οἷον, folld. by ἀλλ' οὐδέ or ἀλλὰ μηδέ, not only not.., but not even.., Plb. 1.20.12, D.S.3.18, Phld.Rh.2.249 S., etc.

VI strengthd. with various Particles, οἷος δή, v. supr. 11.4: [full] οἱοσδήποτε, οἱαδήποτε, οἱονδήποτε, of such and such a kind, Arist.EN 1114b17 ; [full] οἱοσδηποτοῦν, of whatever kind, Hero *Geom.12.30, al., BGU895.28 (ii A. D.), Paul.Aeg. 6.88 ; [full] οἱοσδήπως, OGI521.4 (Abydos, v/vi A. D.) ; [full] οἱοσδητισοῦν, ib.515.16 (Mylasa, iii A. D.) ; [full] οἱοσοῦν, Just.Nov.30.7.1 ; [full] οἱοσποτοῦν, Arist.Top. 146b26 ; [full] οἱοστισοῦν, v. l. in Dsc.2.76.13. [[pron. full] οῐ is found in Il.13.275, Od.7.312 ; and sts. in Trag., as A.Ag. 1256, esp. in the form οἷός τε S.OT 1415
, OC 262, 803, al.]

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > οἷος
12 παραλαμβάνω

παραλαμβάνω (Cret. [full] παλλαμβάνω Riv.Fil.58.472 (Gortyn, iii B.C.)), [tense] fut. - λήψομαι, [dialect] Ion.

A - λάμψομαι Hdt.2.120
:— receive from another, esp. of persons succeeding to an office, etc., [ τὴν βασιληΐην] Hdt.l.c., cf. Th.1.9 ; τὴν βασιλείαν παρὰ τοῦ πατρός OGI90.1
(Rosetta, ii B.C.); τοῖς παραλαμβάνουσι (sc. τὴν βασιλείαν ) the successors, Arist.Pol. 1285b8 ; π. τὴν ἀρχήν Pl.Lg. 698e
; τῆς πόλεως τὰ πράγματα Ar.Ec. 107
; τὴν ἐπιμέλειάν τινος Aeschin.1.143
; τὴν τριηραρχίαν D.47.32
; π. πόλιν ἀνάστατον And.1.108
, cf. Th.1.9, etc.; νόμον ὄντα παραλαβόντες, opp. θέντες, Id.5.105, cf. Isoc.8.102 ; of inherited rites or customs, Hdt.2.51 ; of persons succeeding by inheritance, E. Ion 814, Lys. 10.5, etc. ; οἱ μὴ κτησάμενοι ἀλλὰ -λαβόντες τὴν οὐσίαν Arist.EN 1120b12
; παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς πολλὴν οὐσίαν π. D.21.157 ; opp. ἐπικτᾶσθαι, Pl.R. 330a ; π. ἀράς inherit curses, E.Ph. 1611 ; of officers, receive things as stated in an inventory from their predecessors, IG12.301.5, al.; τὰ μὲν παρειληφότα τὰ δ' αὐτὸν εὑρηκότα Isoc.15.208
: Astrol., take over, [ χρονοκρατορίαν] Vett.Val.171.16 : generally, receive, ἔρια παραλαβοῦσα ἱμάτιον ἀποδεῖξαι X.Oec.7.6
; of cargo, POxy.276.13 (i A.D.), etc.

2 take upon oneself, undertake, πρᾶγμά τι Ar.Eq. 345
; τὰ παραλαμβανόμενα undertakings, Hdt.1.38 ; take to oneself, admit, employ, π. ἐν ταῖς μάχαις τὸν θυμόν Plu.2.988e
:—[voice] Pass., π. πρὸς τὴν σύστασιν τῆς ψυχῆς ib.1027d.

3 take in pledge, Hdt.3.136 ; take by force or treachery, seize, οὐδὲν ἐδυνέατο π. τῆς ἐσόδου Id.7.211
; ναῦς παραλαβόντες Th.1.19
, 4.16, And.3.39 ; π. τὰ πράγματα get control of affairs, Plu.Alc.26 :—in [voice] Med., lay hold of, ἄκρων τῶν χειρῶν Paus.6.4.1
(s.v.l.).

4 receive by hearing or report, ascertain, παρὰ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων Hdt.2.19
; π. ἀληθείην Id.1.55
; π. ἀκοῇ Id.2.148
; π. τὰ περὶ Ἀλκμέωνα Th.2.102
; τι περί τινος Plb.12.22.5
; receive by way of lesson, σοφίαν παρά τινος Pl.La. 197d
:—[voice] Pass., to be received, accepted, τὰ παρειλημμένα the received or traditionary doctrines, Arist.Mete. 365a16 ; οἱ π. μῦθοι Id.Po. 1453b22
; [λόγοι] ἔνιοι π. ὡς Ἀριστογείτονος Plu.2.850e
.

5 take, receive, or use as a substitute or equivalent, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ νοῦ π. Placit.4.2.3:—[voice] Pass., ὑμέτερον ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑμεῖς παρείληπται D.H.Amm.2.14
.

b Gramm. and Medic., simply, use, employ, D.H.Comp.25 ; εἰς λόγον A.D.Synt.250.3
; θλῖψιν, βοηθήματα, Antyll. ap. Orib.8.6.37,8.10.1 ([voice] Pass.):—freq. in [voice] Pass., to be found, used, D.H.Comp.14, 17, A.D.Synt.83.2,al.; π. ἐκ κοινοῦ, δεικτικῶς, ib.123.1, Pron.10.17.

c admit, ἡ ὅλη ὑπόθεσις τὸ ἓν εἶναι παρελάμβανεν Dam.Pr. 417
.

6 take up, catch up, τὸ οὔνομα τοῦτο Hdt. 1.122
, cf. 126 ; τὸν λόγον Plb.33.18.9
; π. ἐπὶ βραχύ give a résumé of, Id.6.58.1.

7 compare, Porph.in Cat.97.8 ([voice] Pass.).

8 [voice] Pass., to be derived, ἔκ τινος v.l. in A.D.Pron.32.16.

II c. acc. pers., take to oneself, associate with oneself, as a wife or mistress, Hdt.4.155 ; as an adopted son, Id.1.113 ; as a partner, auxiliary, or ally, ib.76, 7.150, Th.1.111, etc.; παραλαμβάνων ἄλλος ἄλλον ἐπ' ἄλλου.. χρείᾳ Pl.R. 369b
; συμβούλους π. Arist.EN 1112b10 ; get control of, Pl.Ap. 18b, R. 460b, 541a, Alc.1.121e ; μάρτυρας π. call in witnesses, D.47.67 : c.inf., τὴν αἴσθησιν ὑπουργεῖν Jul.Or.8.248a
.

2 invite, ἐπὶ ξείνια Hdt.4.154
; παραληφθεὶς ἐπὶ δεῖπνον Alciphr.3.46
; ἐφ' ἑστίασιν παρειλημμένος Plu.2.40b
; παραληφθεὶς εἰς τὸ συσσίτιον Id.Lyc.20
: abs., Id.2.461d ; παραληφθῆναι πρός τινα Parmenisc. ap. Ath.4.156e.

3 receive, take over in succession, Hdt.4.203 ; Λυκοῦργος π. τοὺς Σπαρτιάτας οἴκοι σκηνοῦντας X.Lac.5.2
.

4 take prisoner, Plb.3.69.2 ([voice] Pass.).

5 of the dead, παραλημφθεὶς ὑπὸ θεῶν καταχθονίων IG14.1702
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > παραλαμβάνω
13 ὅπως

ὅπως, [dialect] Ep. also and [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὅππως, [dialect] Ion. [full] ὅκως, [dialect] Dor. [full] ὁπῶς acc. to A.D.Adv.173.11: correlat. to ὡς and πῶς.

A ADV. OF MANNER, Relat. as, in such manner as, and with interrog. force how, in what manner, rarely indef., v. infr. A. V.

B FINAL CONJUNCTION, in such a manner that, in order that.

A ADV. OF MANNER, how, as:

I Relat. to ὥς or οὕτως (like ὡς), in such manner as, as:

1 with the ordinary Constr. of the Relat.:

a with ind., ἦ τοι νόστον, ὅπως φρεσὶ σῇσι μενοινᾷς, ὥς τοι Ζεὺς τελέσειεν Od.15.111
; οὕτως ὅ... S.Tr. 330
; ὧδ' ὅ. Id.El. 1301
; οὕτως ὅ. δύνανται Th.7.67
: sts. an analogous word replaces the antec. Adv., με τοῖον ἔθηκεν, ὅπως (for οἷον) ἐθέλει Od.16.208
: freq. without any antec. expressed, ἔλθοι ὅ... ἐθέλω (sc. αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν) 14.172 ; ἔρξον ὅ. ἐθέλεις Il.4.37
, Od.13.145 ; χρῶ ὅ. βούλει X.Cyr.8.3.46
; ποίει ὅ. ἄριστόν σοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ib.4.5.50 ; ὅ. ἔχω as I am, on the spot, S. Ph. 819.

b with [tense] fut. ind., esp. after Verbs of seeing, providing, taking care.., in the manner in which, how, that, οἱ Περσικοὶ νόμοι ἐπιμέλονται ὅπως μὴ τοιοῦτοι ἔσονται οἱ πολῖται X.Cyr.1.2.3
; ποιέειν ὅκως μηκέτι κεῖνος ἐς Ἕλληνας ἀπίξεται Hdt.5.23
; ἐφρόντιζον ὅκως μὴ λείψομαι τῶν πρότερον γενομένων Id.7.8
.ά, cf. Pl.Ap. 29e ; ἔπρασσον ὅπως τις βοήθεια ἥξει Th.3.4
; τοῦτο μηχανᾶσθαι ὅπως ἀποφεύξεται πᾶν ποιῶν θάνατον Pl.Ap. 39a
; τούτου στοχαζόμενοι, ὅπως.. ἔσονται Id.Grg. 502e
(cf. infr.111.1 b, etc.): this [tense] fut. ind. may become opt. after a historical tense, ἐπεμελεῖτο ὅπως μήτε ἄσιτοι μήτε ἄποτοί ποτε ἔσοιντο X.Cyr.8.1.43
, cf. HG7.5.3, Cyr.8.1.10, Oec.7.5, Ages.2.8 ; and ὅπως is freq. used interchangeably with such forms as δι' ὧν, ὅτῳ τρόπῳ, etc., εἰσηγοῦνται μὴ δι' ὧν.. ἀσκήσουσιν, ἀλλ' ὅπως.. δόξουσι Isoc.1.4
, cf. Th.6.11: this sense easily passes into a final sense, so that, τοῦτο ἀπόβαλε οὕτω ὅκως μηκέτι ἥξει Hdt.3.40
; οὕτω δ' (sc. ποίει) ὅπως μήτηρ σε μὴ 'πιγνώσεται S.El. 1296
, cf. Ar.Ra. 905, X.Cyr.4.5.25, HG 2.4.17 ; v. infr. B.

2 with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε ) and subj. in indefinite sentences, in whatever way, just as, however, ὅππως κεν ἐθέλῃσιν Il.20.243
(but ὅπως ἐθέλῃσιν (without κε) Od.1.349, 6.189) ; οὕτως ὅκως ἂν καὶ δυνώμεθα Hdt.8.143
; οὕτως ὅπως ἂν αὐτοὶ βούλωνται X.Cyr.1.1.2
, cf. IG22.1.13 (v B. C.), Pl.Phd. 116a, Smp. 174b, etc.

b with opt. after historical tenses, οὕτως ὅ. τύχοιεν Th.8.95
; ὅ. βούλοιντο X.HG 2.3.13
; in a gnomic statement, εἰκῇ κράτιστον ζῆν ὅ. δύναιτό τις S. OT 979
: when ἄν appears with the opt., it belongs to the Verb and not to ὅπως, ὅ. ἄν τις ὀνομάσαι τοῦτο however one might think fit to call it, D.13.4.

3 a very common phrase is οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. ( οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως ) there is no way in which.., it cannot be that, οὐκ ἔστι ὅκως κοτὲ σοὺς δέξονται λόγους Hdt.7.102
, cf. Ar.Pl.18, D.18.208, al.; so οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. οὐ, fieri non potest quin, οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅ. οὐ πιστὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν πτερὸν ἐξήγαγ' S.OC97
, cf. Ar.Ach. 116, Eq. 426, Th. 882, Pl.Ap. 27e ; οὐδαμῶς ὅ. οὐ, in answer, it must positively be so, Id.Tht. 160d ; so also οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο τοῦθ' ὅ... οὐ φανῶ S.OT 1058
; οὐ γὰρ γένοιτ' ἄν, ταῦθ' ὅ. οὐχ ὧδ' ἔχειν (anacoluth. for ἔχει or ἕξει) Id.Aj. 378 : so in questions, ἔσθ' ὅ... ἔλθωμεν; Ar.V. 471 (v.l. -οιμεν) ; ἔστιν οὖν ὅ. ὁ τοιοῦτος φιλοσοφήσει; Pl.R. 495a, cf. Phdr. 262b, Tht. 154c : so, besides ind. of all tenses, οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅ. may be folld. by opt. with ἄν, οὐ γάρ ἐσθ' ὅπως μί' ἡμέρα γένοιτ' ἂν ἡμέραι δύο Ar.Nu. 1181
, cf. V. 212, Isoc.12.156, Pl.La. 184c: by ind. with ἄν, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ἂν.. κατέστησαν Isoc. 15.206
, cf. D.33.28 : ἄν is omitted in οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως λέξαιμι A.Ag. 620
, cf. E.Alc.52, Ar.V. 471 (v.l. ἔλθωμεν).

4 in Trag., etc., like ὡς in comparisons, κῦμ' ὅπως A.Pr. 1001
; γῄτης ὅπως S.Tr.32
, cf. 442, 683 ; ὅπως δρῦν ὑλοτόμοι σχίζουσι κάρα Id.El.98
(anap.) ; ὅπως ἁ πάνδυρτος ἀηδών ib. 1076 (lyr.), cf. Ph. 777, E.Andr. 1140 ; ὅκως τις καλλίης κάτω κύπτων Herod.3.41
; so in [dialect] Locr. Prose, ὅπω (ς) ξένον IG9(1).334.2
(V B.C.).

5 like ὡς or ὅτι, with [comp] Sup. of Advs., ὅ. ἄριστα A.Ag. 600
, IG12.44.8, etc.; ὅ. ἀνωτάτω as high up as possible, Ar. Pax 207 ; in full, οὕτως ὅ. ἥδιστα (sc. ἔχει) S.Tr. 330.

6 with a gen. added, σοῦσθε ὅ. ποδῶν run as you are off for feet, i. e. as quick as you can, A.Supp. 837 (lyr., where however < ἔχετε> shd. prob. be added); v. infr. 111.10, ἔχω (A) B. 11.2b.

7 sts. of Time, when, Τρῶες.. ὅπως ἴδον αἷμ' Ὀδυσῆος.., ἐπ' αὐτῷ πάντες ἔβησαν Il.11.459
, cf. 12.208, Od.3.373: freq. in Hdt. with opt., whenever, ὅκως μὲν εἴη ἐν τῇ γῇ καρπὸς ἁδρός 1.17
, cf. 68, 100, 162, 186, 2.13, 174, al.: in Trag. and Com., A.Pers. 198, S.El. 749, Tr. 765, Ar.Nu. 60 : with [comp] Sup. of Advs.,
ὅ. πρῶτα
as soon as, Hes.Th. 156
; ὅ. ὤκιστα Thgn.427
; ὅ. τάχιστα A.Pr. 230
.

8 of Place, where, dub. in Herod.3.75.

II ὅπως is sts. used to introduce the substance of a statement, after Verbs of saying, thinking, or perceiving, that, how, λόγῳ ἀνάπεισον ὅκως.. Hdt.1.37
; οὐδὲ φήσω ὅκως.. Id.2.49
, cf. 3.115, 116 ; τοῦτ' αὐτὸ μή μοι φράζ', ὅπως οὐκ εἶ κακός S.OT 548
, cf. Ant. 223, Pl.Euthd. 296e ; after ἐλπίζειν, S.El. 963, E.Heracl. 1051 ; after Verbs of emotion, ἐμοὶ δ' ἄχος.., ὅπως δὴ δηρὸν ἀποίχεται grief is mine, when I think how.. (i. e. that..), Od.4.109, cf. S.Ph. 169 (lyr.); after θαυμάζω freq. in [dialect] Att., θαυμάζω ὅ. ποτὲ ἐπείσθησαν Ἀθηναῖοι X.Mem.1.1.20
, cf. Pl.Cri. 43a.

2 οὐχ ὅ... ἀλλὰ or ἀλλὰ καὶ.. is not only not.. but.., and is expld. by an ellipsis of λέγω or ἐρῶ (cf. ὅτι IV), οὐχ ὅ. κωλυταὶ.. γενήσεσθε, ἀλλὰ καὶ.. δύναμιν προσλαβεῖν περιόψεσθε not only will you not become.., but you will also.., Th.1.35, cf. X.HG5.4.34, D.6.9 ; οὐχ ὅ. ὑμῖν τῶν αὑτοῦ τι ἐπέδωκεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ὑμετέρων πολλὰ ὑφῄρηται Lys.30.26
; οὐχ ὅ. τούτων χάριν ἀπέδοσαν, ἀλλ' ἀπολιπόντες ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων συμμαχίαν εἰσῆλθον Isoc.14.27
, cf. D.18.131, 53.13 ; οὐ γὰρ ὅπως.., ἀλλὰ καὶ.. Id.21.11
; οὔκουν ὅπως.., ἀλλὰ.. X.Cyr.8.2.12
; also οὐχ ὅ..., ἀλλ' οὐδέ.., οὐχ ὅ. ἀδικοῦντες, ἀλλ' οὐδ' ἐπιδημοῦντες ἐφυγαδευόμεθα Id.HG2.4.14
; οὐχ ὅ. τῆς κοινῆς ἐλευθερίας μετέχομεν, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ δουλείας μετρίας τυχεῖν ἠξιώθημεν Isoc.14.5
; διμοιρίαν λαμβάνων ἐν ταῖς θοίναις οὐχ ὅπως ἀμφοτέραις ἐχρῆτο, ἀλλὰ διαπέμπων οὐδετέραν αὑτῷ κατέλειπε X.Ages.5.1
; οὐχ ὅ. ζημιοῦν, ἀλλὰ μηδ' ἀτιμάζειν.. Th.3.42
: so sts. μὴ ὅ. (where an imper. must be supplied), μὴ ὅ. ὀρχεῖσθαι ἀλλ' οὐδὲ ὀρθοῦσθαι ἐδύνασθε do not think that you could dance = so far from being able to dance, X.Cyr.1.3.10.

b οὐχ ὅ. rarely follows another clause, to say nothing of.., let alone.., πεπαύμεθ' ἡμεῖς, οὐχ ὅ. σε παύσομεν S.El. 796
; μηδ' ἐμπίδα, οὐχ ὅπως ταῦρον ἔτι ἄρασθαι δυνάμενος.. let alone a bull, Luc.Cont.8, cf. Prom.8, Pr.Im.7, Pisc. 31.

III in in direct questions, how, in what way or manner:

1 with ind.,

a ἔσπετε νῦν μοι ὅππως δὴ.. πῦρ ἔμπεσε νηυσίν Il.16.113
; εἴπ' ἄγε μ'.. ὅππως τούσδ' ἵππους λάβετον 10.545
; εὖ μοι κατάλεξον ὅπως ἤντησας Od.3.97
; ὅπως ἠφανίσθη οὐδὲ λόγῳ εἰκότι δύνανται ἀποφαίνειν Antipho 5.26
; Ἀλκιβιάδης ἀνήχθη.. ἐπὶ κατασκοπὴν.. τοῦ οἴκαδε κατάπλου ὅπως ἡ πόλις πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔχοι X.HG1.4.11
; οὐδέ τί πω σάφα ἴδμεν ὅπως ἔσται τάδε ἔργα Il.2.252
, etc.

b notably [tense] fut. after Verbs of deliberation (like the subj., v. infr. 2), φραζώμεθ' ὅπως ἔσται τάδε ἔργα 4.14
; φράζευ ὅπως Δαναοῖσιν ἀλεξήσεις κακὸν ἦμαρ (v.l. ἀλεξήσῃς) 9.251, cf. Od.13.376, 386, 19.557, 20.29,39.

2 with deliberative subj. after Verbs of deliberation, taking care, and the like , λεύσσει ὅπως ὄχ' ἄριστα.. γένηται Il.3.110
; ἐνόησεν (gnomic [tense] aor.) ὅππως κέρδος ἔῃ 10.225
; ἀλλ' ἄγεθ' ἡμεῖς οἵδε περιφραζώμεθα πάντες νόστον ὅπως ἔλθῃσι Od.1.77
, cf. 13.365 ; οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως.. φῶ S.OT 1367
, cf. Aj. 428, Lys.8.5, Pl.Men. 91d ; ἐπιμελητέον ὅπως τρέφωνται οἱ ἵπποι X.Eq.Mag.1.3
, cf. Oec.7.36,37,9.14, 15.1, Pl.Grg. 515c.—Sts. the [tense] fut. and subj. are conjoined without difference of meaning, ἐπράττετο γὰρ.., πρῶτον μὲν ὅπως μὴ περιμείνητε.., δεύτερον δὲ ὅπως ψηφιε̄σθε.., τρίτον δὲ ὅπως μὴ ἔσται Aeschin.3.65
, cf. X. Ages.7.7, Mem.2.2.10.—On ὅπως ἄν (κεν), v. infr. 5.

3 with opt. after tenses of past time, τῶν ἀδῄλων ὅπως ἀποβήσοιτο ib.1.3.2, etc.: after Verbs of deliberation, being virtually orat. obliq., μερμήριξε.. Ἥρη ὅπως ἐξαπάφοιτο (orat. rect. πῶς ἐξαπάφωμαι;) Il.14.160 ; μερμήριζεν ὅπως ἀπολοίατο πᾶσαι νῆες Od.9.554
, cf. 420 ; οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν.. ὅπως δρῶντες καλῶς πράξαιμεν S.Ant. 271
; ἐπεμελήθημεν ὅπως ἐξαλειφθείη αὐτῷ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα Lys.6.39
, cf. 13.32, X.Cyr.6.2.11.

4 with opt. and ἄν freq. expressing a wish, which in orat. rect. would be expressed by πῶς ἄν, σκόπει ὅ. ἂν ἀποθάνοιμεν ἀνδρικώτατα Ar.Eq.81
(v.l. ἀποθάνωμεν), cf. Nu. 760 ; βουλευόμενοι ὅ. ἂν τὴν ἡγεμονίαν λάβοιεν τῆς Ἑλλάδος X.HG7.1.33
, cf. Cyr.2.1.4 ; τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιμελεῖται ὅ. ἂν θηρῷεν (v.l. -ῶσιν) ib.1.2.10: the opt. with ἄν and subj. sts. appear in consecutive clauses, Id.HG3.2.1.

5 ὅπως ἄν (κεν) with the subj. is used after imper. or inf. used as imper., πείρα ὅπως κεν δὴ σὴν πατρίδα γαῖαν ἵκηαι Od.4.545
; φράζεσθαι.., ὅππως κε μνηστῆρας.. κτείνῃς 1.295
; σκοπεῖτε.., ὅ. ἂν ὑμῖν πρᾶγος εὖ νικᾷ τόδε A.Supp. 233
, etc.; φύλασσε.. ἔπειθ' ὅ. ἂν.. ἡ χάρις.. ἐξ ἁπλῆς διπλῆ φανῇ S.Tr. 618
, cf. E.IA 539 : in Prose, ἐπιμεληθῆναι ὅ. ἂν.. X.Cyr.8.3.6
, cf. Pl.Prt. 326a; μηχανᾶσθαι Id.Phdr. 239b
, Grg. 481a, cf. Ar.Eq. 917.

6 rarely c. inf., ἐπιμελήθητε προθύμως ὅπως διπλάσια.. σῖτα καὶ ποτὰ παρασκευασθῆναι X.Cyr.4.2.37
(v.l. -εσκευασμένα ᾖ), cf. Oec.7.29, HG6.2.32; so later ὅπως παρακολουθῆμεν ([dialect] Dor. inf.) Supp.Epigr.1.170.18 (cf. p.138, Delph., ii B. C.); ὅπως.. ἔχειν, ὅπως.. εἴργεσθαι, D.S.20.4,85; ὅπως πέμπιν PTeb.315.30
(ii A. D.).

7 after Verbs of fear and caution, ὅπως and ὅπως μή are used with [tense] fut. ind. or [tense] aor. subj. :— the readings are freq. uncertain: the following (among others) are made certain either by the metre or the form,

a with [tense] fut. ind., δέδοιχ' ὅπως μὴ τεύξομαι Ar.Eq. 112
; παντὶ λόγῳ ἀντιτείνετε εὐλαβούμενοι ὅπως μὴ.. οἰχήσομαι Pl.Phd. 91c
; φόβος.. ἔστιν.. ὅπως μὴ αὖθις διασχισθησόμεθα Id.Smp. 193a
: sts. the preceding Verb is omitted, ὅπως μὴ οὐκ.. ἔσομαι Id.Men. 77a
.

b with [tense] aor. subj., τὴν θεὸν δ' ὅ. λάθω δέδοικα E.IT 995
; φυλάττου, ὅ. μὴ εἰς τοὐναντίον ἔλθῃς X.Mem.3.6.16
: rarely with [tense] pres., οὐ φοβεῖ ὅ. μὴ ἀνόσιον πρᾶγμα τυγχάνῃς πράττων Pl.Euthphr.4e
: sts. the preceding Verb is omitted, with [tense] aor. subj., ὅκως μή τι ὑμῖν πανώλεθρον κακὸν ἐς τὴν χώρην ἐσβάλωσι Hdt.6.85
: with [tense] pres. subj., ὅπως μὴ.. ᾖ τοῦτο Pl.Cra. 430d
.

c with opt. representing subj. after a historical tense, X. Mem.2.9.3.

8 this Constr. is used in admonitions or commands: in the orig. Constr. a Verb implying caution or circumspection precedes, ὅρα ὅκως μή σευ ἀποστήσονται Πέρσαι Hdt.3.36
; ἄθρει.. ὅπως μὴ ἐκδύσεται Ar.V. 141
; τηρώμεσθ' ὅπως μὴ.. αἰσθήσεται ib. 372 : but this came to be omitted, and ὅπως or ὅπως μή with [tense] fut. ind. or [tense] aor. subj. are exactly = the imper., ἔμβα χὤπως ἀρεῖς Id.Ra. 378
(lyr.): most freq. with [tense] fut. ind., ὅκως λόγον δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων, = δίδου λόγον, Hdt.3.142 ; ὅπως παρέσει μοι, = πάρισθι, Ar.Av. 131 ; ὅπως πετήσει Id. Pax77
, cf. X.An.1.7.3, Lys.1.21, 12.50, Pl.Grg. 489a, etc.: rarely with I pers., ὁποῖα κισσὸς δρυός, ὅπως τῆσδ' ἕξομαι E.Hec. 398
, cf. Ar.Ec. 297 (lyr.): very rarely with [tense] aor. subj., ὅπως μή τι ἡμᾶς σφήλῃ Pl.Euthd. 296a
codd.; ὅπως μὴ.. ἐξαπατήσῃ Id.Prt. 313c
; ὅπως μὴ ποιήσητε D.4.20
codd.—The codd. freq. vary, as between διδάξεις and - ξῃς Ar.Nu. 824
; τιμωρήσονται and - ωνται Th.1.56
; πράξομεν and - ωμεν ib.82 ; θορυβήσει and - σῃ D.13.14
, etc.—Since the [tense] fut. is frequently, and the [tense] aor. (whether 1 or 2) rarely guaranteed by metre or form, the [tense] aor. 1 forms shd. prob. be rejected, both in signf. 7 and 8, in cases where codd. vary.

9 as the echo to a preceding πῶς; in dialogue, A καὶ πῶς; B ὅπως; [do you ask] how? Ar. Eq. 128; A πῶς με χρὴ καλεῖν; B ὅπως; Id.Nu. 677, cf. Pl. 139.

10 with a gen. (v. supr. 1.6),
οὐκ οἶδα παιδείας ὅπως ἔχει καὶ δικαιοσύνης
in the matter of.., Pl.Grg. 470e
, cf. R. 389c.

IV in direct questions, how? ἔπραξας ὅπως; Jul.Ep.82p.106B.-C.; cf. ὅστις.

V indef., anyhow, τὸ οὐδ' ὅ. the expression 'not at all', Pl.Tht. 183b (v.l. οὐδ' οὕτως).

B FINAL CONJUNCTION, that, in order that, the original notion of modality being merged in that of purpose or design, cf. ἵνα, with which it is sts. interchanged, Antipho 1.23 and 24, And.3.14, Lycurg. 119 sq.:—in early [dialect] Att. Inscrr. only ὅπως ἄν is used, IG12.39.19, al. ; ὅπως without ἄν only once in cent. iv B. C., ib.22.226.42 (343 B.C.), after which it becomes gradually prevalent:

1 with subj.,

a after primary tenses, or after subj. or imper., τὸν δὲ μνηστῆρες.. λοχῶσιν, ὅπως ἀπὸ φῦλον ὄληται Od.14.181
, cf. A.Ch. 873, S.Ph. 238, El. 457, X.Mem.2.10.2, etc.

b after historical tenses (v. ἵνα B. 1.1b
), when there is no [tense] pf. form, or when the [tense] aor. represents the [tense] pf., ξυνελέγημεν ἐνθάδε, ὅ. προμελετήσωμεν we were convened, i. e. we have met in assembly, Ar.Ec. 117 ; παρήλθομεν.., ὅπως μὴ χεῖρον βουλεύσησθε Th.1.73
; also when the occurrence purposed is regarded from the point of view of the person purposing, ἦλθον πρεσβευσόμενοι, ὅπως μὴ σφίσι.. τὸ αὐτῶν [ναυτικὸν] ἐμπόδιον γένηται ib.31, cf. 57,65, etc.: sts. the opt. and subj. appear in consecutive clauses, φρυκτοὺς παρεσκευασμένους ἐς αὐτὸ τοῦτο, ὅπως ἀσαφῆ τὰ σημεῖα.. ᾖ καὶ μὴ βοηθοῖεν Id.3.22
, cf. 6.96, 7.17.

2 with opt. after historical tenses, πὰρ δέ οἱ αὐτὸς ἔστη, ὅπως.. κῆρας ἀλάλκοι Il.21.548
; more freq. in Od., as 13.319, 14.312, 18.160, 22.472; so in S.OT 1005, OC 1305, X.Cyr.1.4.25, Pl.Ti. 77e, etc.: after historical [tense] pres., πέμπει τούσδ' ὅπως κτείνοιεν A.Pers. 450
; ἡγεμόνα πέμπει ὅπως ἄγοι X.An.4.7.19
: after opt., ἔλθοι.. ὅ. γένοιτο A.Eu. 297
, cf. S.Aj. 1221 (lyr.).

3 with ind.,

a of historical tenses, where the principal clause expresses an action or obligation unfulfilled, εἴθ' εἶχε φωνὴν ἔμφρον' ἀγγέλου δίκην, ὅ. δίφροντις οὖσα μὴ 'κινυσσόμην A.Ch. 196
, cf. S.El. 1134: rare in Prose, ἐδεξάμην ἃν.. φράσαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς.., ὅ... προῄδετε And.2.21
; τίς οὐκ ἂν.. ταῦτα ἐδήλωσεν, ὅ... ταῦτα ἠλέγχθη; D.36.20; οὐκοῦν ἐχρῆν σε Πηγάσου ζεῦξαι πτερόν, ὅ. ἐφαίνου τοῖς θεοῖς τραγικώτερος Ar. Pax 135
; τί.. οὐκ ἔρριψ' ἐμαυτὴν.. ὅ. ἀπηλλάγην; A.Pr. 749.

b of [tense] fut., θέλγει, ὅ. Ἰθάκης ἐπιλήσεται (= φραζομένη ὅπως ἐ.) Od.1.57, cf. Il.1.136 ; [χρὴ] ἀναβιβάζειν ἐπὶ τὸν τροχὸν τοὺς ἀπογραφέντας, ὅ. μὴ πρότερον νὺξ ἔσται And.1.43
; ἐμισθώσατο τοῦτον.., ὅ. συνερεῖ D.19.316
: sts. [tense] fut. ind. and [tense] aor. subj. are conjoined, σιγᾶθ', ὅ. μὴ πεύσεταί τις, ὦ τέκνα, γλώσσης χάριν δὲ πάντ' ἀπαγγείλῃ τάδε A. Ch. 265
.

II ὅπως c. subj. is sts. used after Verbs of will and endeavour, instead of the inf., λίσσεσθαι.. ὅ. νημερτέα εἴπῃ Od.3.19
; αἰτεῖσθαι ὅ. μὴ καταψηφίσησθε Antipho 1.12
; δεήσεται.., ὅ. δίκην μὴ δῷ ib.23 ; ὅ. μὴ ἀποθάνῃ ἠντεβόλει Lys.1.29
; παρακελεύεσθε ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς ὅ... ἐξίητε Lycurg.127
( ἔξιτε Rehdantz): with ἄν, δεῖταί μου σφόδρα ὅπως ἂν οἰκουρῇ Ar.Ach. 1060
, cf. Hdt.2.126, 3.44 ; διεκελεύετο ὅπως ἂν.. ἐγγράφωσί με Is.7.27
; so δεῖ σ' ὅ. δείξεις (for δεῖξαι), S.Aj. 556, may be expld. as ellipsis for δεῖ σ' ὁρᾶν (σκοπεῖν) ὅπως, cf. Id.Ph.55 ; δεῖ σ' ὅπως.. μηδὲν διοίσεις.. Cratin.108
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅπως
14 ἵστημι

ἵστημι (cf. ἱστάω, ἱστάνω),

I causal, make to stand, imper. ἵστη Il.21.313
, E.Supp. 1230, καθ-ίστα Il.9.202
: [tense] impf. ἵστην, [dialect] Ep. ἵστασκε Od.19.574
; [ per.] 3pl. ἵσταν B.10.112
: [tense] fut. στήσω, [dialect] Dor. στᾱσῶ Theoc.5.54
: [tense] aor. 1 ἔστησα, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. ἔστᾰσαν for ἔστησαν dub. in Od.18.307, 3.182, 8.435, al. (v. ἔστᾰσαν): hence, in late Poets, ἔστᾰσας, ἔστᾰσε, AP9.714,708 (Phil.): [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Med. ἐστησάμην (never intr.), v. infr.A.111.2, 3: [tense] pf. ἕστᾰκα Cerc.3
, ([etym.] καθ-) Hyp.Eux.28, UPZ 112.5 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] περι-) Pl.Ax. 370d, ([etym.] ἀφ-) LXXJe.16.5, ([etym.] παρ-) Phld.Rh. 1.9S., al., ([etym.] συν-) S.E.M.7.109; also ἕστηκα (v. infr.) in trans. sense, ([etym.] δι-) Arist.Vent. 973a18, ([etym.] ἀφ-) v.l. in LXX l.c.; ἑστακεῖα trans. in Test.Epict.1.25.

II intr., stand,

1 [voice] Act., [tense] aor. 2 ἔστην, [dialect] Ep. στάσκον Il.3.217
; [ per.] 3pl. ἔστησαν, more freq. in Hom. ἔσταν, στάν [ᾰ]; imper. στῆθι, [dialect] Dor. στᾶθι Sapph.29
, Theoc.23.38; subj. στῶ, [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. στήῃς, στήῃ (for στῇς, στῇ), Il.17.30, 5.598; [ per.] 1pl. στέωμεν (as disyll.) 22.231, στείομεν 15.297
; opt. σταῖεν, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. σταίησαν 17.733
; inf. στῆναι, [dialect] Ep. στήμεναι 17.167
, Od.5.414, [dialect] Dor. στᾶμεν Pi.P.4.2
; part. στάς: [tense] pf. ἕστηκα: [tense] plpf. ἑστήκειν, sts. with strengthd. augm. εἱστήκειν, as E.HF 925, Ar.Av. 513, Th.1.89, etc.; [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg. ἑστήκεε Hdt. 7.152
:—from Hom. downwds. the shorter dual and pl. forms of the [tense] pf. are preferred, ἕστᾰτον, ἕστᾰμεν, ἕστᾰτε, ἑστᾶσι (IG12(8).356 (Thasos, vi B.C.), etc.), in Hdt. ἑστέᾱσι; imper. ἕστᾰθι Aristomen. 5
; subj. ἑστῶ; opt. ἑσταίην; inf. ἑστάναι, [dialect] Ep. ἑστάμεν, ἑστάμεναι ( ἑστηκέναι only late, as Ael.VH3.18); part. ἑστώς ( ἑστηκώς rare in early Gr., Hdt.2.126, Pl.Men. 93d, Lg. 802c, Arist. (infr. B.11.2), Alex.126.16, εἱστηκότα IG12.374.179
), fem. ἑστῶσα (not ἑστυῖα; but συνεστηκυιῶν prob. in Hp.Aër.10), neut. ἑστός Pl.Ti. 40b
, Tht. 183e, SIG 1234 ([place name] Lycia), etc., ([etym.] καθ-) POxy.68.32 (ii A.D.), ([etym.] ἐν-) PRyl. 98 (a).10 (ii A.D.), ([etym.] παρ-) Ar.Eq. 564 (- ώς freq. v.l. as in Pl. and Ar. ll.cc., preferred by Choerob.in Theod.2.313); gen. ἑστῶτος; [dialect] Ion. ἑστεώς, ἑστεός, ῶτος; [dialect] Ep. ἑστηώς Hes.Th. 747
; dat. pl. ἑστηῶσι cj. in Antim.16.5, cf. Call.Dian. 134; Hom. does not use the nom., but has gen. ἑστᾰότος, acc. ἑστᾰότα, nom. pl. ἑστᾰότες, as if from ἑσταώς: so also [tense] plpf. ἑστάτην, ἕστᾰμεν, ἕστᾰτε, ἕστᾰσαν: late [tense] pres. ἑστήκω, formed from [tense] pf., Posidipp. ap. Ath.10.412e: hence, [tense] fut. ἑστήξω Hom. Epigr.15.14
, X.Cyr.6.2.17, Hegesipp.1.25, ἑστήξομαι X.Cyn.10.9
codd.

2 [voice] Pass., ἵσταμαι: imper. ἵστασο Hes.Sc. 449
, ἵστω S.Ph. 893
, Ar.Ec. 737: [tense] impf. ἱστάμην: [tense] fut. στᾰθήσομαι And.3.34
, Aeschin. 3.103: more freq. στήσομαι Il.20.90
, etc.: [tense] aor. ἐστάθην Od.17.463
, etc.; rarely ἔστην, [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3sg. ἔσστα SIG56.43
(Argos, v B.C.): [tense] pf. ἕσταμαι ([etym.] δι-) v.l. in Pl.Ti. 81d, κατεστέαται v.l. in Hdt.1.196. (From I.-E. sthā-, cf. Skt. sthā- ([tense] aor. á-sthā-t), Lat. stare, etc.; Gr. redupl. [tense] pres. and [tense] pf. fr. si-sthā-, se-sthā-.)

A Causal, make to stand, set up, πελέκεας ἑξείης Od.19.574
; ἔγχος μέν ῥ' ἔστησε φέρων πρὸς κίονα he set it against the pillar, 1.127, cf. Il. 15.126; ἱ. ἱστόν set up the loom, or raise the mast (v. ἱστός 1
and 11); κρητῆρας στήσασθαι to have bowls set up, Od.2.431; θεοῖς.. κρητῆρα στήσασθαι in honour of the gods, Il.6.528; στῆσαί τινα ὀρθόν, στ. ὀρθὰν καρδίαν, Pi.P.3.53,96; ὀρθῷ στ. ἐπὶ σφυρῷ Id.I.7(6).13
; ἐς ὀρθὸν ἱ. τινά E.Supp. 1230
; ὁ Ξανθίας τὸν φαλλὸν ὀρθὸν στησάτω Ar.Ach. 243
; ὀρθὸν οὖς ἵστησιν S.El.27
; στῆσαι λόγχας, for battle, Id.Ant. 145(lyr.); esp. raise buildings, statues, trophies, etc., ἱ. ἀνδριάντα Hdt.2.110
; τροπαῖα S.Tr. 1102
; τροπαῖον ἱ. τῶν πολεμίων Isoc.4.150
, cf.IG22.1457.26; τροπαῖον στησάμενοι X.HG2.4.7
; τροπαῖον ἂν στήσαιτο τῶν ταύτης τρόπων Ar.Pl. 453
; τὰ μακρὰ στῆσαι τείχη Th.1.69
; ἱ. τινὰ χαλκοῦν set him up in brass, raise a brazen statue to him, D.13.21, 19.261 (so in [tense] pf., stand, οὗτος ἕστηκε λίθινος Hdt.2.141
:—[voice] Pass., σφυρήλατος ἐν Ὀλυμπία στάθητι Pl.Phdr. 236b
; σταθῆναι χαλκοῦς Arist.Rh. 1410a33
).

II set, place, of things or persons, τρίποδ' ἔστασαν ἐν πυρί Od.8.435
, etc.; ὥς σ' ἄγχι γῆς στήσωσι Καδμείας S.OC 399
, etc.; fix, τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς εἰς τὴν γῆν Philostr.VA1.10
; esp. set men in order or array, πεζοὺς δ' ἐξόπιθε στῆσεν Il.4.298
, cf. 2.525, etc.; στῆσαί τινας τελευταίους X. Cyr.6.3.25
, etc.

III bring to a standstill, stay, check, λαὸν δὲ στῆσον Il.6.433
; νέας, ἵππους, ἡμιόνους στῆσαι, Od.3.182, Il.5.755, 24.350; μύλην στῆσαι to stop the mill, Od.20.111; στῆσεν ἄρ' (sc. ἡμιόνους) 7.4; στῆσε δ' ἐν Ἀμνισῷ (sc. νῆα) 19.188; βᾶριν Iamb.Myst.6.5
; στῆσαι τὴν φάλαγγα halt it, X.Cyr.7.1.5; ἵστησι ῥοῦν Pl.Cra. 437b
, etc.; ἵ. τὴν ψυχὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν ib. 437a; στ. τὰ ὄμματα fix them, of a dying man, Id.Phd. 118; στ. τὸ πρόσωπον compose the countenance, X.Cyr.1.3.9; στήσαντες ἐπὶ τούτων τὴν διήγησιν Plb. 3.2.6
: esp. in Medic., ἵ. κοιλίαν Dsc.1.20
; τὰς κοιλίας Philotim. ap. Orib.4.10.1; αἱμορραγίας Dsc.1.129
: abs., Arist.HA 605a29:—[voice] Med., ἱστάμενος τῷ νοσήματι Hp.Ep.19
( Hermes 53.65).

2 set on foot, stir up, κονίης.. ἱστᾶσιν ὀμίχλην Il.13.336
; ἵστη δὲ μέγα κῦμα 21.313
; νεφέλην ἔστησε Κρονίων Od.12.405
, cf. Il.5.523; of battle, etc., φυλόπιδα στήσειν stir up strife, Od.11.314; ἔριν στήσαντες 16.292
(so intr. φύλοπις ἕστηκε the fray is on foot, Il.18.172):—also in [voice] Med., στησάμενοι δ' ἐμάχοντο ib. 533, Od.9.54; πολέμους ἵστασθαι Hdt.7.9
.β', 175, 236; so ἱστάναι βοήν A.Ch. 885
; κραυγήν E.Or. 1529
([voice] Pass., θόρυβος ἵσταται βοῆς arises, S.Ph. 1263); also of passions and states of mind, μῆνιν, ἐλπίδα στῆσαι, Id.OT 699, E.IA 788(lyr.).

3 set up, appoint, τινὰ βασιλέα Hdt.1.97
; τύραννον S.OT 940
, cf. OC 1041, Ant. 666:—[voice] Med., ἐστάσαντο τύραννον Alc.37
A; φύλακας στησόμεθα Pl.R. 484d
:—[voice] Pass., ὁ ὑπὸ Δαρείου σταθεὶς ὕπαρχος Hdt.7.105
, cf. IG 9(1).32.23 (Stiris, ii B.C.).

4 establish, institute, χορούς, παννυχίδα, Hdt.3.48, 4.76 (so στήσασθαι ἤθεά τε καὶ νόμους Id.2.35
; ἀγῶνα h.Ap. 150
); στῆσαι χορόν, Ὀλυμπιάδα, ἑορτάν, Pi.P.9.114, O.2.3, 10(11).58; κτερίσματα S.El. 433
; χορούς B.10.112
, D.21.51; οὐχ ὑγιῶς ἱστάμενος λόγον setting up a bad argument, Anon.Lond.26.34:—[voice] Pass., ἀγορὴ ἵσταταί τινι Hdt.6.58
.

5 = Lat. statuere, determine, γνῶναι καὶ στῆσαι D.H.8.68
; διαγεινώσκειν καὶ ἱστάναι Not. Arch.4.21
(Aug.):—[voice] Pass., τὰ ὑπό τινος σταθέντα OGI665.27
(Egypt, i A.D.); τὰ ἑσταμένα Wilcken Chr.167.27 (ii B.C.).

6 fix by agreement, ὁ σταθεὶς τόκος PGrenf.1.31.1
(i B.C.), cf. PFlor.14.11 (iv A.D.); τὸ ἑσταμένον ἐνοίκιον BGU253.15
(iii A.D.).

7 bring about, cause, ἀμπνοάν Pi.P.4.199
; στῆσαι δύσκηλον χθόνα make its case desperate, A.Eu. 825.

IV place in the balance, weigh, Il.19.247, 22.350, 24.232, Ar.V.40; [ ἐκπώματα] Thphr.Char.18.7; ἀριθμοῦντες καὶ μετροῦντες καὶ ἱστάντες X.Cyr.8.2.21
, etc.; ἱστάναι τι πρὸς ἀργύριον weigh a thing against silver, Hdt.2.65; ἀγαθὸς ἱστάναι good at weighing, Pl.Prt. 356b; τὸ ἐγγὺς καὶ τὸ πόρρω στήσας ἐν τῷ ζυγῷ ibid., cf. Lys.10.18; ἐπὶ τὸ ἱστάναι ἐλθεῖν have recourse to the scales, Pl.Euthphr.7c:—[voice] Pass., ἵστασθαι ἐπὶ ζυγοῦ Arr.Epict.1.29.15
;
σταθείς
weighed, IG11(2).161
B113 (Delos, iii B.C.).

2 weigh out, pay, LXX 3 Ki.21.39, cf. Za.11.12, Ev.Matt.26.15.

B [voice] Pass. and intr. tenses of [voice] Act., to be set or placed, stand, Hom. etc., ἀγχοῦ, ἆσσον, Il.2.172, 23.97; ἄντα τινός 17.30
; ἐς μέσσον Od.17.447
; σταθεὶς ἐς μέσον Hdt.3.130
; ἀντίοι ἔσταν, ἐναντίοι ἔστησαν, Il.1.535, Od.10.391: prov. of critical circumstances, ἐπὶ ξυροῦ ἵσταται ἀκμῆς Il.10.173
: freq. merely a stronger form of εἶναι, to be in a certain place or state, ἀργύρεοι σταθμοὶ ἐν χαλκέῳ ἕστασαν οὐδῷ Od.7.89
, etc.; ἑστάτω for ἔστω, S.Aj. 1084; τὰ νῦν ἑστῶτα,= τὰ νῦν, Id.Tr. 1271 (anap.); ἐμοὶ δ' ἄχος ἕστᾱκεν Id.Aj. 200
(lyr.): with Adv., ξυμφορᾶς ἵν' ἕσταμεν, ἵν' ἕστ. χρείας, in what case or need we are, Id.Tr. 1145, OT 1442; ποῦ τύχης ἕστηκεν; Id.Aj. 102; later also ἀδίκως, ὀρθῶς, εὐλαβῶς ἵστασθαι, behave wrongly, etc., Plb.18.3.2, 33.6.3, 18.33.4.

2 take up an intellectual attitude, ὡς ἵστασθαι δεῖ περὶ χρημάτων κτήσεως Phld.Oec.p.38J.
; οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἵ. Id.Rh.1.53S.

3 in pregnant sense, στῆναι ἐς.. Hdt.9.21
; στ. ἐς δίκην E.IT 962
; στ. παρά τινα Il.24.169
(but οἱ μὴ στάντες παρὰ τὰ δεινά those who did not face the danger, D.H.9.28): c. acc. loci, τί τοῦτ' αἰθερίαν ἕστηκε πέτραν; E.Supp. 987 (lyr.); στῆτε τόνδε τρίβον Id.Or. 1251
:c. acc. cogn., ποίαν μ' ἀνάστασιν δοκεῖς.. στῆναι; S.Ph. 277.

II stand still, halt, ἀλλ' ἄγε δὴ στέωμεν Il.11.348
, cf. Od.6.211, 10.97; opp. φεύγω, 6.199, etc.; stand idle, Il.4.243, al.; ἑστάναι to be stationary, opp. κινεῖσθαι, Pl.R. 436c, etc.; κατὰ χώρην ἑστάναι Hdt.4.97
; οὐ μὴν ἐνταῦθ' ἕστηκε τὸ πρᾶγμα does not rest here, D.21.102, cf. 10.36; ἐὰν ἡ κοιλία στῇ if the bowels are constipated, Arist.HA 588a8: c. part., οὐ στήσεται ἀδικῶν D.10.10
; come to a stop, rest satisfied, ἄν τις ὀρθῶς ἐπιβάλῃ, ἔπειτα σταθῇ Epicur. Fr. 423
; οὐχ ἱστάμενοι Plot.3.1.2
: impers., ἵσταται there is a stop, one comes to a stop, Arist.APr. 43a37, al.; οὐκ ἔστη ἐνταῦθα κακοῖς γενομένοις ἀποθανεῖν Plot.3.2.8
; also ἵστασθαι μέχρι τοῦ γένους Them.in APo. 55.8
,al.

2 metaph., stand firm, X.HG5.2.23; τῇ διανοίᾳ Plb.21.11.3
; of arguments or propositions, hold good, Phld.Rh.1.83, 2.192 S.: part., ἑστηκώς fixed, stable, Arist.GA 776a35, EN 1104a4, Metaph. 1047a15; δεῖ τὸ κρίμα ἑστηκὸς καὶ κύριον εἶναι SIG826ii29
(Delph., ii B.C.); λογισμὸς ἑστὼς καὶ νουνεχής Plb.3.105.9
; τέχναι οὐκ ἔχουσαι τὸ ἑστηκός, ἀλλὰ τὸ στοχαστικόν Phld.Rh.1.71S.
(so Adv. ἑστηκότως, opp. στοχαστικῶς, ib.70S.), cf. Iamb.Protr.21.
κ'; χρεία ἑστηκυῖα καὶ τεταγμένη Plb.6.25.10
; ἑστηκότα θεωρήματα, ἑστηκότες σκοποί, Phld.Rh.1.2S., Po.5.22; of age, ἑστηκυῖα ἡλικία Pl.Lg. 802c
; τιμαὶ ἑστηκυῖαι fixed prices, PTeb.ined.703.177.

III to be set up or upright, stand up, rise up, κρημνοὶ ἕστασαν Il.12.55
; ὀρθαὶ τρίχες ἔσταν 24.359
, cf. A.Th. 564(lyr.), Pl. Ion 535c, etc.; κονίη ἵστατο Il.2.151
; ἵστατο κῦμα 21.240
; of a horse, ἵστασθαι ὀρθός to rear, Hdt.5.111; ἵστασθαι βάθρων from the steps, S.OT 143.

2 to be set up, erected, or built, στήλη, ἥ τ' ἐπὶ τύμβῳ ἑστήκῃ Il.17.435
; ἕστακε τροπαῖον A. Th. 954
(lyr.); μνημεῖον Ar.Eq. 268
, etc.; v. supr. A.11.

3 generally, arise, begin, ἵστατο νεῖκος Il.13.333
; cf. A. 111.2.

4 in marking Time, ἔαρος νέον ἱσταμένοιο when spring is not long begun, Od.19.519; ἕβδομος ἑστήκει μείς the seventh month was begun, Il. 19.117; τοῦ μὲν φθίνοντος μηνός, τοῦ δ' ἱσταμένοιο as one month ends and the next begins, Od.14.162, cf. Hes.Op. 780; later μὴν ἱστάμενος, μεσῶν, φθίνων, first in Hdt.6.57, 106, cf. And.1.121, Aeschin.3.67; σχεδὸν ἤδη μεσημβρία ἵσταται Pl.Phdr. 242a
.

5 to be appointed, στῆναι ἐς ἀρχήν Hdt.3.80
; v. supr. A.111.3.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἵστημι
15 δεινός

δεινός, ή, όν, (δέος, cf. Pl.La. 198b)

A fearful, terrible; in Hom., of persons and things, Χάρυβδις Od.12.260
; κλαγγή Il.1.49
; ὅπλα 10.254
: freq. in neut., δεινὸν ἀῧσαι 11.10
; βροντᾶν 20.56
; δεινὸν δέρκεσθαι 3.342
; παπταίνειν Od.11.608
; δεινὰ δ' ὑποδρὰ ἰδών Il. 15.13
; δ. ἰδέσθαι fearful to behold, Od.22.405; δ. μὲν ὁρᾶν, δ. δὲ κλύειν S.OC 141
; εἰ καὶ δεινόν τῳ ἀκοῦσαι Th.1.122
; δεινὴ παρὰ τοῖς εἰδόσιν ἡ βάσανος And.1.30
; in milder sense, awful, δεινή τε καὶ αἰδοίη θεός Il.18.394
, cf. 3.172, Od.8.22, etc.;
τὸ δεινόν
danger, suffering, horror, A.Ch. 634
, etc.; awe, terror, Id.Eu. 517; ὅπου τὸ δ. ἐλπὶς οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ S.Fr. 196
; πρὸς τὸ δ. ἔρχεσθαι ib. 351: in pl., ἐκτὸς ὄντα πημάτων τὰ δείν' ὁρᾶν Id.Ph. 504
; εἰ δείν' ἔδρασας, δεινὰ καὶ παθεῖν σε δεῖ Id.Fr. 962
, etc.; δεινὸν γίγνεται μή.. there is danger that.., Hdt.7.157; οὐδὲν δεινοὶ ἔσονται μὴ ἀποστέωσιν no fear of their revolting, Id.1.155, etc.; δεινότατον μή.. the greatest danger lest.., And.3.1; δεινόν ἐστι, c. inf., it is dangerous to do, Lys.12.87; δεινὸν ποιεῖσθαι take ill, complain of, be indignant at a thing: abs., Th.1.102, etc.: c. inf., ὑπὸ Μήδων ἄρχεσθαι Hdt.1.127
, etc.; also
δεινὰ ποιεῖν
make complaints, Id.3.14
,5.41; ἐν δεινῷ τίθεσθαι J.AJ18.9.8
; δεινόν τι ἔσχε αὐτὸν ἀτιμάζεσθαι Hdt.1.61
; δεινὸν or δεινὰ παθεῖν suffer illegal, arbitrary treatment, Ar.Ra. 252, cf. Pl.Prt. 317b, etc.; δεινότερα π. Th.3.13
; τὸ δ. τὸ πείσομαι Hdt.7.11
: in Oratt., δεινὸν ἂν εἴη εἰ.. And.1.30
, Lys.12.88, etc. Adv. -νῶς, φέρειν Hdt.2.121
. γ'; δ. καὶ ἀπόρως ἔχει μοι I am in dire straits, Antipho 1.1; δ. ἔχειν τῇ ἐνδείᾳ X.An.6.4.23
; δ. διατεθῆναι τυπτόμενος Lys.3.27
.

II marvellously strong, powerful: δ. σάκος the mighty shield, Il.7.245; simply, wondrous, marvellous, strange, τὸ συγγενές τοι δεινὸν ἥ θ' ὁμιλία kin and social ties have strange power, A.Pr.39; δ. τὸ κοινὸν σπλάγχνον Id.Th. 1036
; δ. τὸ τίκτειν S.El. 770
; πολλὰ τὰ δ. κοὐδὲν ἀνθρώπου -ότερον πέλει. Id.Ant. 333
; δ. ἵμερος, ἔρως, Hdt.9.3, Pl.Tht. 169c; οἶκτος S.Tr. 298
, etc.; δ. λέγεις πρᾶγμα Pl.Euthd. 298c
; δ. γ' εἶπας, εἰ καὶ ζῇς θανών S.Aj. 1127
; freq. δεινὸν ἂν εἴη εἰ.. it were strange that.., as E.Hec. 592. Adv. - νῶς marvellously, exceedingly, δ. μέλαινα, ἄνυδρος, Hdt.2.76, 149; δ. ἐν φυλακῇσι εἶναι Id.3.152
; δ. πώς εἰμ' ἐπιλήσμων Metag.2
, etc.: [comp] Comp. - οτέρως Sch. Min.Il.7.97.

III clever, skilful, first in Hdt.5.23 ἀνὴρ δ. τε καὶ σοφός; of Odysseus, γλώσσῃ.. δεινοῦ καὶ σοφοῦ S.Ph. 440
, cf. OC 806, Antipho 2.2.3, Lys.7.12; σοφὸς καὶ δ. Pl.Prt. 341a
; opp. σοφός, of practical ability, Id.Phdr. 245c, Tht. 164d; opp. ἰδιώτης, D.4.35: c. inf., δεινὸς εὑρεῖν A.Pr.59
; δεινοὶ πλέκειν τοι μηχανὰς Αἰγύπτιοι Id.Fr. 373
; δ. λέγειν clever at speaking, S.OT 545, etc.; δ. εἰπεῖν is rare, D.20.150; νόσος δ. φαγεῖν Ar.Nu. 243
; δ. πράγμασι χρῆσθαι D.1.3
; αἱ εὐπραξίαι δ. συγκρύψαι τὰ ὀνείδη are wonderfully liable to.., Id.2.20: c. acc., δ. τὴν τέχνην Ar.Ec. 364
; δ. περὶ τοὺς λόγους τοὺς εἰς τὰ δικαστήρια Pl.Euthd. 304d
; ἐς τὰ πάντα Ar.Ra. 968
; δ. περὶ τὸ ἀδικεῖν, περὶ Ὁμήρου, Pl.R. 405c, Ion 531a; δ. ἀμφί τι Arr.Tact.9.5
; δ. κατὰ χειρουργίαν Ael.VH3.1
; ἐν λόγοισι δ. Ὑπερείδης Timocl.4.7
(but also of the forcible, vehement, style in oratory, Demetr.Eloc. 240, al.); in bad sense, over-clever, Pl.Euthphr.3c; δ. ὑπὸ πανουργίας Id.Tht. 176d
, cf. Arist.EN 1144a27. (For δϝεινός, cf. Δϝενία, gen. of pr.n. Δεινίας, IG4.858.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > δεινός
16 ἄπορος

ἄπορος, ον, first in Hdt. and Pi. (v.infr.),

A without passage, having no way in, out, or through: hence,

I of places, impassable, πέλαγος, π ηλός, Pl.Ti. 25d, Criti. 108e; ὁδός, ὀ?ἄποροςXρη, X.An.2.4.4, 2.5.18.

II of states or circumstances, impracticable, difficult, Hdt. 5.3, etc.; ἄ. ἀλγηδών, πάθη, S.OC 513 (lyr.), Ph. 854; τἄπορον ἔτος ib. 897; ἄ. χρῆμα E.Or.70
; ἀγών, κίνδυνος, Lys.7.2 and 39 ([comp] Sup.); αἰσχύνη Pl.Lg. 873c
; σωτηρία λεπτὴ καὶ ἄ. ib. 699b, cf. R. 453d; φόβος Lg. 698b
; βίος Men.Kith.Fr.1.10
; νύξ Longin.9.10
:—ἄπορον, τό, and ἄπορα, τά, as Subst., ἐκ τῶν ἀπόρων in the midst of their difficulties, Hdt.8.53, cf. Pl.Lg. 699b; εὔπορος ἐν τοῖς ἀ. Alex. 234.6
; ἄπορα πόριμος A.Pr. 904
; ἐν ἀπόροις εἶναι to be in great straits, X.An. 7.6.11; εἰς ἄπορον ἥκειν, πεσεῖν, E.Hel. 813, Ar.Nu. 703; ἐν ἀπόρῳ εἴχοντο, ἦσαν, they were at a loss how to.., Th.1.25, 3.22; ἐτεῇ οἷον ἕκαστον γιγνώσκειν ἐν ἀπόσρῳ ἐστί Democr.8
: ἄπορόν [ ἐστι] c. inf., Pi.O.10(11).40, Th.2.77, Aeschin.Socr.53, etc.; ἄπορά [ ἐστι] Pi.O.1.52: [comp] Comp. -ώτερος, ἡ λῆψις Th.5.110
.

2 hard to discover or solve, ἀνεξερεύνητον καὶ ἄπορον Heraclit.18
; ἄ. ἐρωτήσεις, = ἀπορίαι IV, Plu.Alex.64, Luc.DMort.10.8; ζήτησις Pl.Plt. 284b
; λόγοι D.L. 7.44
.

3 hard to get, scarce, ἐν δυστυχίῃ [φίλον εὑρεῖν] πάντων -ώτατον Democr.106
; θῦμα Pl.R. 378a
; ἄπορα [ ὀφλήματα] bad debts, D.50.9.

III of persons, hard to deal with, unmanageable, E.Ba. 800, Pl.Ap. 18d ([comp] Sup.), cf. Th.4.32 ([comp] Sup.): c. inf., ἄ. προσμίσγειν, προσφέρεσθαι, impossible to have any dealings with, Hdt.4.46, 9.49;
βορῆς ἄνεμος ἄ.
against which nothing will avail, which there is no opposing, Id.6.44
; ἄ. τὸ κακὸν καὶ ἀνίκητον Id.3.52
.

2 without means or resources, helpless, ἔρημος, ἄ. S.OC 1735
(lyr.), cf. Ar.Nu. 629, etc.; ἄ. ἐπὶ φρόνιμα S.OT 691
(lyr.); ἐπ' οὐδέν Id.Ant. 360
(lyr.); ἄ. γνώμῃ Th.2.59
.

3 poor,needy, Id.1.9, Pl.R. 552a; opp. εὔπορος, Arist.Pol. 1279b9, 1289b30; ἄ. λειτουργεῖν too poor to undertake liturgies, Lys. 31.12, cf. PRyl.75.5 (ii A.D.), etc.; ἄ. καὶ τῶν ἐλαχίστων κατέστησαν D.Chr.17.18
; also of states of life, δίαιτα ταπεινὴ καὶ ἄ. Pl.Lg. 762e
.

IV Adv. - ρως Simon.46
, etc.; τὸ πρᾶγμα ἀ. εἶχε πατρί E. IA55
; ἀ. ἔχει μοι περί τινος Antipho 1.1
; ἀ. ἔχειν, c. inf., D.H. 6.14; ἀ. διατεθῆναι Lys.18.23
: [comp] Comp. - ώτερον Th.1.82
; but - ωτέρως διακεῖσθαι Antipho 3.2.1
: [comp] Sup. - ώτατα Pl.Ti. 51b
. etc.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἄπορος
17 πονηρός

πονηρός, ά, όν (s. πονέω, πόνος; Hes., Thu.+) comp. πονηρότερος Mt 12:45; Lk 11:26; superl. πονηρότατος (Diod S 14, 4, 2; PRyl III, 493, 89) Hm 3:5.—Freq. in Gk. lit. the opp. of ἀγαθός/καλός or χρηστός.

① pert. to being morally or socially worthless, wicked, evil, bad, base, worthless, vicious, degenerate

ⓐ as adj.

α. of humans or transcendent beings (since Trag. and Ps.-X., Rep. Ath. 1, 1; Is 9:16; Sir 25:16, 25; TestJob 43:5; ApcMos 21 γύναι; Philo, Joseph., Just.) ὁ πον. ἄνθρωπος (Plut., Alcib. 196 [13, 4]; cp. GrBar 13:1, 3; Philo, Exsecr. 149; Jos., Ant. 7, 291; Just., A II, 12, 3) Mt 12:35a; Lk 6:45a (where ἄνθρωπος is to be supplied); cp. 2 Th 3:2; 2 Ti 3:13. δοῦλος πον. (Comp. 120; Jos., Ant. 2, 55; 16, 296) Mt 18:32; 25:26; Lk 19:22 (cp. PFouad 25 verso I, 2 [II A.D.] address to an incompetent helper); γενεὰ πον. Mt 12:39, 45b; 16:4; Lk 11:29.—Mt 12:34. ἄνδρες πον. rowdies, ruffians Ac 17:5. People are called πονηροί in contrast to God Mt 7:11 (here the component of class distinction finds dramatic expression); Lk 11:13 (Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 18, 82 ἀληθέστατον … πονηροὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι).—Of hostile spirits τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρόν (Cat. Cod. Astr. X 180, 16; 186, 4; cp. EGoodspeed, The Harrison Papyri, no. 1, 7: ClPh 5, 1910, 321) Ac 19:15f. Pl. (Cyranides p. 51, 14; Just., D. 30, 2 al.) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f. Of the evil spirit that contends w. the Holy Spirit for a place in the human soul (cp. 1 Km 16:14–23) Hm 5, 1, 2 and 3. ἄγγελος πον. B 9:4 (Just., A II, 9, 4, D. 105, 3; cp. Paus. Attic. τ, 18 and Just., A I, 66, 4 πονηροὶ δαίμονες; Julian p. 371, 5; 11 Hertlein δαίμονες πονηροί; PLips 34 recto, 8 [375 A.D.] π. δαίμων. Did., Gen. 45, 4 αἱ π. δυνάμεις). ὁ πονηρὸς ἄρχων 4:13 (ἄρχων 1c).

β. of things βουλή (Menand., Mon. 134 [568 Mei.]) B 6:7 (Is 3:9); 19:3; D 2:6; Hv 1, 2, 4b (βουλή 1). διαλογισμοί Mt 15:19; Js 2:4 (διαλογισμός 2). διδαχή Hm 6, 2, 7 (παντὶ ἔργῳ is dat. of disadvantage [Schwyzer II 150f]). δόλος (SIG 693, 6 [129 B.C.]) IEph 7:1. ἐπιθυμία (-αι: Dio Chrys. 4, 89) 2 Cl 16:2; Hv 1, 1, 8b; 1, 2, 4c; Hs 6, 2, 1 and oft. ἔργον 2 Ti 4:18; Hv 1, 2, 4b. (TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 28 [Stone p. 14] w. opp. ἀγαθόν.) ἔργα J 3:19; 7:7; Col 1:21; 1J 3:12b; 2J 11; Hv 3, 7, 6; 3, 8, 4 al. θησαυρός Mt 12:35b; Lk 6:45b (here θης. is to be supplied fr. the context). καρδία (ApcMos 13; cp. Menand., Fgm. 540, 8 [=538 Kö.], ψυχή) 1 Cl 3:4; καρδία πονηρὰ ἀπιστίας (gen. of quality; s. Schwyzer under πονηρία; B-D-F §165; definition Mlt. 74) Hb 3:12. καταλαλιά Hm 2:3. Arrogant καύχησις Js 4:16; λόγοι π. malicious words (Menand., Mon. 822 [542 Mei.]) 3J 10. Of the ὁδὸς τοῦ θανάτου D 5:1; cp. B 4:10 (PsSol 10:1). ὀφθαλμὸς π. (ὀφθαλμός 1 and s. 3 below) Mt 20:15; Mk 7:22. πρᾶγμα (Menand., Epitr. 1107 S. [749 Kö.]; Fgm. 530 Kö.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 5 [Stone p. 10]; Tat. 17, 3) Hv 1, 1, 8a; ῥᾳδιούργημα π. Ac 18:14. ῥῆμα π. slanderous, evil word (SIG 1175, 16; Jdth 8:8, 9) Mt 5:11 v.l. (the ῥ. is ‘bad’ because of the content consisting, as the context indicates, of false charges); Hs 5, 3, 6; συνείδησις π. evil, guilty conscience Hb 10:22 (the conscience is not itself intrinsically bad, but evil deeds load it with a bad content; B 19:12; D 4:14; Hm 3:4; ὑπόνοιαι π. 1 Ti 6:4. Cp. Ac 25:18 v.l. τὸ πονηρότατον ψεῦσμα the most wicked sin of lying Hm 3:5. Of a Christian’s name ἐκβάλλειν τὸ ὄνομα ὡς πονηρόν spurn the name as vile (i.e as held only by worthless persons) Lk 6:22 (cp. Ath. 2, 2).—In the judgment of Christians a close connection w. sin is the chief characteristic of this age: ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος πονηροῦ Gal 1:4. Cp. αἱ ἡμέραι πονηραί εἰσιν Eph 5:16.—B 2:1. Sg. Eph 6:13.

ⓑ as subst.

α. wicked or evil-intentioned person, evildoer (Dt 21:21; Esth 7:6; Just., A I, 27, 1; Ath. 2, 3; Theoph. Ant. 2, 37 [p. 198, 22]) ὁ πονηρός (the art. is generic) Mt 5:39; 1 Cor 5:13 (Dt 17:7, cp. 19:19 al.; PZaas, JBL 103, ’84, 259–61); B 19:11 v.l. (but τὸ πον. in text).—Pl. πονηροὶ καὶ ἀγαθοί (cp. Philo, Praem. 3; Jos., Ant. 6, 307; 8, 314 God ἀγαπᾷ τ. ἀγαθούς, μισεῖ δὲ τ. πονηρούς; Iren. 1, 24, 2 [Harv. I 198, 4]) Mt 5:45; 22:10. Opp. οἱ δίκαιοι 13:49 (cp. T. Kellis 22, 48f). W. οἱ ἀχάριστοι (s. ἀχάριστος; also Lucian, Timon 48, perh. fr. comedy [III p. 654 Kock]) Lk 6:35. W. ἁμαρτωλοί B 4:2.

β. ὁ πονηρός the evil one=the devil (who is not defined as a sinner but as one who is morally destructive) Mt 13:19; J 17:15; Eph 6:16; 1J 2:13f; 5:18, 19 (κεῖμαι 3d); B 2:10; B 21:3; MPol 17:1; AcPlCor 2:2, 15) ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ εἶναι be a child of the evil one (ἐκ 3a, end) 1J 3:12a; cp. οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ Mt 13:38, in case πον. is masc. here.—The gen. τοῦ πονηροῦ Mt 5:37; 6:13 can also be taken as masc. (it is so taken by Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 55 p. 51, 19; 21; Tertullian, Cyprian, Origen, Chrysostom; KFritzsche, JWeiss; s. also Schniewind on Mt 6:13; Weymouth, Goodsp.;—it is taken as a neut. [s. γ] by Augustine: WMangold, De Ev. sec. Mt 6:13, 1886; BWeiss, Zahn, Wlh.; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1907, 944; PFiebig, D. Vaterunser 1927, 92; Betz, SM 380f; 405–13; Mft., NRSV marg.); Lk 11:4 v.l.; 2 Th 3:3; D 8:2. These passages may also belong under

γ. τὸ πονηρόν (that which is) evil Lk 6:45c; Ro 12:9; 1 Th 5:22 (sim. Plut., Mor. 82c; s. also εἶδος 2); B 19:11. πᾶν πον. every kind of evil Mt 5:11; ποιεῖν τὸ πονηρὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ κυρίου (cp. Dt 17:2; 4 Km 21:2, 20) Hm 4, 2, 2; cp. Ac 5:4 v.l.; 1 Cl 18:4 (Ps 50:6). τὸ πονηρὸν τοῦτο this shameful deed GJs 13:1. ἀγρυπνεῖν εἰς τὸ π. D 5:2 and ἐπὶ τὸ π. B 20:2 s. ἀγρυπνέω 2. ἐλάλησέν τι περὶ σοῦ πονηρόν Ac 28:21 (cp. JosAs 6:6).—Pl. wicked thoughts, evil deeds (Gen 6:5; 8:21) Mt 9:4; 12:35c; Mk 7:23; Lk 3:19; J 3:20 v.l.; Ac 25:18; 2 Cl 8:2. δύο καὶ πονηρά two evil things B 11:2 (Jer 2:13 v.l.).—πονηρόν ἐστίν τινι it is bad for someone Hm 5, 1, 4.—ῥύσασθαι ἀπὸ παντὸς πονηροῦ D 10, 5.

② pert. to being so deficient in quality in a physical sense as to be worthless, of poor quality, worthless (X., Pla. et al.) καρποί (Ael. Aristid. 23, 57K.=42 p. 787 D.) Mt 7:17f (the same idea 13:48; cp. Jer 24:8 τὰ σῦκα τὰ πονηρά).

③ pert. to being in an unhealthy condition physically

ⓐ in ref. to a part of the body sick (Pla., Prot. 313a σῶμα; πονηρῶς ἔχειν ‘be badly off’, ‘be ill’ since Thu. 7, 83, 3) of the eye (cp. Pla., Hipp. Min. 374d πονηρία ὀφθαλμῶν) Mt 6:23; Lk 11:34 (Weizsäcker, BWeiss, HHoltzmann, Fitzmyer, Goodsp., NRSV. But see s.v. ἁπλοῦς, λύχνος b, ὀφθαλμός 1, also 1aβ above and the four articles ET 53, ’42, 181f; 354f; 54, ’42, 26; 26f).

ⓑ in ref. to the status of some ailment painful, virulent, serious (since Theognis 274) ἕλκος sore, ulcer (Dt 28:35; Job 2:7) Rv 16:2.—See Lofthouse s.v. κακός, end; WBrandt, ZNW 14, 1913, 189ff.—DELG s.v. πένομαι. M-M. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πονηρός

См. также в других словарях:

εις — (I) και εισέ και σε και σ( ) προ φωνήεντος ή τών πλαγίων πτώσεων τού άρθρου (AM εἰς και ές) πρόθ. που δηλώνει: 1. μέσα («..χύνονται στη θάλασσα», «οἵ τ εἰς ἅλαδε προρρέουσιν») 2. κίνηση προς, σε τόπο («πήγες εις το Μεσολόγγι», «εἰσέβαλε... ἐς… … Dictionary of Greek
Ελλάδα - Φιλοσοφία και Σκέψη — ΑΡΧΑΙΑ ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΗ ΦΙΛΟΣΟΦΙΑ Η φιλοσοφία ως κατανοητικός λόγος Όταν κανείς δοκιμάζει να προσεγγίσει την αρχαία ελληνική φιλοσοφία, πρωτίστως έρχεται αντιμέτωπος με το ερώτημα για τη γένεσή της. Πράγματι, η νέα ποιότητα των φιλοσοφικών θεωρήσεων της… … Dictionary of Greek
Ελλάδα - Γλώσσα — ΙΣΤΟΡΙΑ ΤΗΣ ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΗΣ ΓΛΩΣΣΑΣ Η ελληνική γλώσσα είναι μια από τις αρχαιότερες γλώσσες στον κόσμο και οπωσδήποτε η παλαιότερη ζωντανή γλώσσα στην Ευρώπη. Σε αντίθεση με άλλες αρχαίες γλώσσες που χάθηκαν μαζί με τους λαούς που τις μιλούσαν, όπως η… … Dictionary of Greek
Ηνωμένες Πολιτείες της Αμερικής — Επίσημη ονομασία: Ηνωμένες Πολιτείες της Αμερικής Συντομευμένη ονομασία: ΗΠΑ (USA) Έκταση: 9.629.091 τ. χλμ Πληθυσμός: 278.058.881 κάτ. (2001) Πρωτεύουσα: Ουάσινγκτον (6.068.996 κάτ. το 2002)Κράτος της Βόρειας Αμερικής. Συνορεύει στα Β με τον… … Dictionary of Greek
Ελλάδα - Γραμματεία και Λογοτεχνία — ΑΡΧΑΙΑ ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΗ ΙΣΤΟΡΙΟΓΡΑΦΙΑ H λέξη ιστορία συνδέεται ετυμολογικά με τη ρίζα Fιδ , η οποία σημαίνει «βλέπω», και υπό αυτή την έννοια ιστορία είναι η αφήγηση που προκύπτει από έρευνα βασισμένη στην προσωπική παρατήρηση. Τα κείμενα των αρχαίων… … Dictionary of Greek
γνώση — I Η δυνατότητα να αποδίδουμε σε ένα αντικείμενο τα πραγματικά χαρακτηριστικά του. Το αντικείμενο της γ. μπορεί να είναι ένα ιστορικό γεγονός, ένα συμβάν που μπορεί να επαναληφθεί, μια αφηρημένη έννοια, ένα συναίσθημα, μια αξία κλπ. Αυτό που του… … Dictionary of Greek
είμαι — (AM εἰμί Α και αιολ. τ. ἐμμί Μ και εἶμαι) 1. υπάρχω, ζω («...ήταν ένας γέρος και μια γριά», «οὐκ ἐσθ οὗτος ἀνήρ οὐδ ἔσσεται» δεν υπάρχει ούτε πρόκειται να υπάρξει) 2. (για πράγματα) υπάρχω, βρίσκομαι) («δεν είναι στάρι φέτος», «ὁ παράδεισος αὐτὸς … Dictionary of Greek
Ιρλανδία — Επίσημη ονομασία: Δημοκρατία της Ιρλανδίας Έκταση: 70.280 τ. χλμ. Πληθυσμός: 3.883.159 (2002) Πρωτεύουσα: Δουβλίνο (495.102 κάτ. το 2002)Νησιωτικό κράτος της βορειοδυτικής Ευρώπης. Καλύπτει τα πέντε έκτα της έκτασης του ομώνυμου νησιού που… … Dictionary of Greek
Ιταλία — Επίσημη ονομασία: Δημοκρατία της Ιταλίας Έκταση: 301.230 τ. χλμ. Πληθυσμός: 56.305.568 (2001) Πρωτεύουσα: Ρώμη (2.459.776 κάτ. το 2001)Κράτος της νότιας Ευρώπης. Συνορεύει στα ΒΔ με τη Γαλλία, στα Β με την Ελβετία και την Αυστρία, στα ΒΑ με τη… … Dictionary of Greek
Μιχαήλ — I (εβρ. Μικαέλ = τις ως ο Θεός;). Όνομα με το οποίο αναφέρεται στην Παλαιά Διαθήκη ο άγγελος φύλακας του Ισραήλ. Αναφέρεται επίσης στην Καινή Διαθήκη και στα απόκρυφα κείμενα. Η λατρεία του στη χριστιανική Εκκλησία (Αρχάγγελος Μιχαήλ) είναι… … Dictionary of Greek
ενοχή — Νομική σχέση σύμφωνα με την οποία ένα πρόσωπο (οφειλέτης) είναι υποχρεωμένο να προβεί σε μια ορισμένη παροχή προς ένα άλλο (πιστωτή). Σε αντίθεση με τα εμπράγματα δικαιώματα, που εκφράζουν τη νομική θέση του προσώπου απέναντι σε ένα πράγμα και… … Dictionary of Greek

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на английский

εἰς τὸ πρᾶγμα εἶναι

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на английский

εἰς τὸ πρᾶγμα εἶναι

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: